Technical Reference Manual
Transcription
Technical Reference Manual
Te c h n i c a l R e f e r e n c e M a n u a l 4817A Version 2.0 M AY 2 0 0 0 MANUAL HISTORY Date of issue for original version and subsequent versions: 4817, Version 1.0 ............................ 4817, Version 2.0 ............................ 4817, Version 3.0 ............................ 4817, Version 4.0 ............................ 4817A, Version 1.0 .......................... 4817A, Version 2.0 ........................ May 1993 January 1994 October 1997 December 1998 August 1999 May 2000 NOTE: If entries are shown in bold Italics on this page, they represent new page(s) found in this latest version. Previous version numbers are contained within this latest version printing. Use this Manual History page as a guide. Page Version No. No. 3-4 — 3-11 ............ 1.0 Page Version No. No. 6-2 — 6-4 .............. 1.0 History Pages ........ 2.0 3-12 — 3-27 .......... 2.0 6-5 — 6-7 .............. 2.0 i — viii .................... 2.0 3-28 ..................... 2.0 6-8 1-1 – 1-7 ................ 2.0 4-1 — 4-6 .............. 1.0 7-1 — 7-30 ............ 2.0 1-8 – 1-10 .............. 1.0 4-7— 4-8 ............... 2.0 7-31 — 7-36 .......... 2.0 1-11 – 1-19 ............ 2.0 4-9 ..................... 1.0 8-1 — 8-27 ............ 2.0 1-20 – 1-29 ............ 2.0 4-10 ..................... 2.0 8-28 — 8-30 .......... 2.0 2-1 — 2-4 .............. 1.0 4-11 — 4-33 .......... 1.0 9-1 — 9-13 ............ 2.0 2-5 ..................... 2.0 4-34 — 4-35 .......... 2.0 9-14 ..................... 2.0 2-6 — 2-10 ............ 1.0 4-36 — 4-41 .......... 1.0 10-1 — 10-4 .......... 2.0 2-11 ..................... 2.0 5-1 ..................... 2.0 11-1 — 11-10 ........ 1.0 2-12 — 2-20 .......... 1.0 5-2 — 5-13 ............ 1.0 11-11 ..................... 2.0 3-1 — 3-3 .............. 2.0 5-14 — 5-15 .......... 2.0 11-2 ..................... 1.0 6-1 Index-1 – Index-9 ... 2.0 Page Version No. No. Cover ..................... 2.0 ..................... 2.0 ..................... 1.0 Copyright © 1999 Tokheim Corporation. All rights reserved. The information contained in this manual is copyrighted by Tokheim Corporation and is for the exclusive use of Tokheim’s Authorized Service Representatives, Distributors, and customers, who are authorized to make copies for use in their business. No part of this manual may be reproduced or transmitted in any form by any other person or persons without written permission of Tokheim Corporation. Trademarks: INSIGHT™ is a trademark of Tokheim Corporation. MaxVac® is a registered trademark of Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Tokheim Corporation SOFTWARE HISTORY Premier B Dispenser and Dispenser Payment Terminal (DPT) Software Version Numbers Manual Version Number Blender Co-Processor Dispenser 1.0 JN.04.01.01+ 2.0 JN.02.12.00+ 3.0 JN.04.11.00 FG.02.05.00 4.0 QM.01.00.00+ QL.01.00.00+ (see note below) (see note below) 4817A 1.0 QM.01.00.00+ QL.01.00.00+ (see note below) (see note below) 4817A 2.0 QM.01.00.00+ QL.01.00.00+ (see note below) (see note below) Model 426B-WK Standard DPT Standard DPT with TDS Standard DPT with TDS Plus INSIGHT DPT QA.04.11.00+ JP.02.18.00+ MT.QD.01.00+ MT.03.00.00+ MT.PQ.03.00+ QA.04.11.00+ JP.02.18.00+ MT.QD.01.00+ MT.03.00.00+ MT.PQ.05.00+ QA.04.11.00+ JP.02.18.00+ MT.QD.02.00+ MT.03.01.00+ MT.PQ.05.00+ IMPORTANT NOTE - BLENDER DISPENSERS ONLY! Software versions QL.01.00.00 (Blender Co-Processor ) and QM.01.00.00 (Dispenser) must be installed together. Otherwise, error 20s will occur. Premier C Manual Version Number 4817A 1.0 4817A 2.0 Dispenser and Dispenser Payment Terminal (DPT) Software Version Numbers Dispenser Blender Co-Processor QQ.01.00.00+ QL.01.00.00+ QQ.02.01.00+ QL.01.00.00+ (see note below) (see note below) Standard DPT Standard DPT with TDS Standard DPT with TDS Plus INSIGHT DPT JP.02.18.00+ MT.QD.01.00+ MT.03.00.00+ MT.PQ.05.00+ JP.02.18.00+ MT.QD.01.00+ MT.03.01.00+ MT.PQ.05.00+ IMPORTANT NOTE - BLENDER DISPENSERS ONLY! Software versions QQ.02.01.00 (Dispenser) and QL.01.00.00 (Blender Co-Processor) must be installed together. Otherwise, error 20s will occur. Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Tokheim Corporation CONTENTS Section 1: Introduction Document-on-Demand ..................................................................... 1-2 Related Documents ......................................................................... 1-2 Premier Specifications .................................................................... 1-3 Premier B & C Dispenser Features ................................................. 1-6 Premier B Model Number Notation .................................................. 1-8 Premier C Model Number Notation ................................................ 1-11 Premier B Dispenser Identification ................................................ 1-14 Premier C Dispenser Identification ................................................ 1-16 Operational Diagrams (Premier B & C) .......................................... 1-20 Transverse Dispenser Configurations (Premier C) .......................... 1-21 Operational Diagrams (Premier C Transverse) ............................... 1-22 Electronic Blend Valve Operation (Premier B & C) ........................ 1-26 System Overview ........................................................................... 1-29 Section 2: Accessing Electrical Components Dispenser Orientation (Premier B & C) ............................................ 2-2 Premier B Components Electronics Enclosure Components ................................................ 2-4 Accessing the Card Cage ............................................................... 2-6 Accessing the Card Cage Circuit Boards ........................................ 2-8 Accessing the DPT Controller Boards ............................................. 2-9 Accessing MaxVac Vapor Recovery Components ......................... 2-10 Accessing the Connection Box ..................................................... 2-11 Premier C Components Electronics Enclosure Components Premier C with Standard DPT and Cash Acceptor Options ..... 2-12 Premier C with INSIGHT DTP & TDS Options ........................ 2-14 Accessing Hardware on Premier C ................................................ 2-16 Accessing the Card Cage ............................................................. 2-17 Accessing the Card Cage Circuit Boards ...................................... 2-17 Accessing the DPT Controller Boards ........................................... 2-18 Accessing MaxVac Vapor Recovery Components ......................... 2-19 Accessing the Connection Box ..................................................... 2-20 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Tokheim Corporation i CONTENTS Section 3: System Circuit Boards Common Circuit Boards for Premier B and C Circuit Board Orientation ................................................................. 3-2 Mother Board ................................................................................... 3-3 Interface Board ............................................................................... 3-6 Expanded Computer Board .............................................................. 3-8 Multiplex Board .............................................................................. 3-10 Relay Board .................................................................................. 3-11 AC Distribution Board ................................................................... 3-13 Blend Control Board ...................................................................... 3-17 Valve Interface Board .................................................................... 3-18 Options Power Supply ................................................................... 3-19 Circuit Boards for Premier B Only LED Board .................................................................................... 3-21 Display Board ................................................................................ 3-22 Circuit Boards for Premier C Only Display Board ................................................................................ 3-25 Intrinsically Safe Barrier (ISB) Assembly ...................................... 3-27 Section 4: Wiring Diagrams H426B-S Suction (Premier B) .......................................................... 4-2 H428B-S Suction (Premier B) .......................................................... 4-3 H311B/H312B/H322B/H324B-S Suction (Premier B) ....................... 4-4 Intercom Speaker Wiring (Premier B) .............................................. 4-5 Intercom Speaker Wiring (Premier C) .............................................. 4-6 Electronics Block Diagram (Premier C) ........................................... 4-7 Electronics Block Diagram (Premier B) ........................................... 4-8 H413B-R (Premier B) ...................................................................... 4-9 H426B-R (Premier B) .................................................................... 4-10 H311B/H322B/H324B-R (Premier B) .............................................. 4-11 H428B-R (Premier B) .................................................................... 4-12 H413B-REB (Premier B) ................................................................ 4-13 H426B-REB (Premier B) ................................................................ 4-14 H322B-B3/B5 (Premier B) ............................................................. 4-15 AC Distribution Board Block Diagram (Premier B) ......................... 4-16 Tokheim Corporation ii Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 CONTENTS Section 4: Wiring Diagrams (continued) Premier B System Wiring Diagrams Mother Board .......................................................................... 4-17 Pump Handles & Pulsers - H428B-S ...................................... 4-18 Pump Handles & Pulsers ........................................................ 4-19 Motors & Valves - H428B-S .................................................... 4-20 Motors & Valves ..................................................................... 4-21 Displays .................................................................................. 4-22 AC Distribution ....................................................................... 4-23 Options Power Supply ............................................................. 4-24 Premier B System Wiring Diagrams (continued) Connection Box ...................................................................... 4-24 Dispenser Payment Terminal (DPT) ........................................ 4-25 INSIGHT Dispenser Payment Terminal - H324B ..................... 4-26 Dispenser Payment Terminal - H426B ..................................... 4-27 INSIGHT Dispenser Payment Terminal - H426-REB ............... 4-28 INSIGHT Dispenser Payment Terminal - H428B-R .................. 4-29 MaxVac System Wiring Diagram for Non-Blend Dispensers .... 4-30 MaxVac System Wiring Diagram for Blending Dispensers ....... 4-31 Premier C System Wiring Diagrams System Wiring Diagram .......................................................... 4-32 Intrinsically Safe Barrier Board (H300 Series) ......................... 4-33 Intrinsically Safe Barrier Board (H400 Series) ......................... 4-34 Intrinsically Safe Barrier Board (H400 Series) ......................... 4-35 Displays .................................................................................. 4-36 AC Distribution ....................................................................... 4-37 MaxVac Vapor Recovery ......................................................... 4-38 Standard DPT ......................................................................... 4-39 Debit DPT .............................................................................. 4-40 INSIGHT DPT ........................................................................ 4-41 Section 5: Diagnostic Information Using the Manager Key and Arming Key .......................................... 5-2 Basic Programming ......................................................................... 5-3 Example of Basic Programming ...................................................... 5-4 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Tokheim Corporation iii CONTENTS Premier B and C Diagnostic Modes Mode F11 – View Communications Diagnostics ........................ 5-6 Mode F96 – View Error, State, & Termination Code Histories .... 5-7 Mode F97 – Check Operator Keypads & Nozzle Boot Switches 5-10 Mode F98 – Initiate Display, DPT, & Product Selection Keypad Diagnostics ............................................. 5-12 Mode F99 – View Software Date Code, CRC Code, and ROM CRC Diagnostic Test .................................. 5-13 Calibrating Dispenser Meters ........................................................ 5-14 Measuring Premier Dispenser to Console Communications ........... 5-14 Section 6: Error Message Handling & Troubleshooting Tips Logic Sequence to Dispenser Repair ............................................... 6-2 Circuit Board Signal Flow Block Diagram (Premier B) .................... 6-2 Circuit Board Signal Flow Block Diagram (Premier C) .................... 6-3 ERR 01 – ERR 09 ........................................................................... 6-4 ERR 3x – ERR 13 ........................................................................... 6-5 ERR 14 – ERR 21 ........................................................................... 6-6 ERR 22 – ERR 27 ........................................................................... 6-7 ERR 39 & ERR 49 .......................................................................... 6-8 Section 7: Premier Standard DPT Component List for Standard DPT Assemblies (Premier B & C) ..... 7-2 Subassembly Orientation (Premier B) ............................................ 7-2 Subassembly Orientation (Premier C) ............................................ 7-3 Standard DPT Information (Premier B & C) ..................................... 7-4 Standard DPT with TDS Information (Premier B & C) ..................... 7-9 Standard DPT with TDS Plus Information (Premier B & C) ............ 7-13 DPT Diagnostics (Premier B & C) ................................................. 7-18 Troubleshooting (Standard DPT) Problems (Premier B & C) .......... 7-21 Card Reader Cleaning Procedure (Premier B & C) ........................ 7-23 Tear-Bar Printer Paper Loading (Premier B) ................................... 7-24 Changing Paper on a Standard DPT Printer (Premier C) ................ 7-26 Cash Acceptor Lock Assemblies (Premier B & C) .......................................... 7-27 Access to the Cash Acceptor Cassette (Premier B) ............... 7-28 Removing the Cash Acceptor (Premier B) ............................... 7-28 Access to the Cash Acceptor Cassette (Premier C) ............... 7-29 Removing the Cash Acceptor (Premier C) ............................... 7-29 Dip Switches on the Cash Acceptor (Premier B & C) .............. 7-31 Card Reader Cleaning Procedure (Premier B & C) .................. 7-32 Tokheim Corporation iv Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 CONTENTS Section 8: INSIGHT™ DPT Component List for INSIGHT DPT Assemblies (Premier B & C) ..... 8-2 INSIGHT Operation in Native Mode and Graphic Mode .................... 8-2 Subassembly Orientation (Premier B) ............................................. 8-3 INSIGHT Block Diagram (Premier B & C) ....................................... 8-3 INSIGHT DPT Controller Board (Premier B & C) LED and Test Point Locations .................................................. 8-4 Jumper and Switch Locations ................................................... 8-6 Configuring INSIGHT DPT Controller Board .............................. 8-7 INSIGHT Board Connectors ...................................................... 8-9 Graphic DPT Display Board (Premier B & C) ................................. 8-12 Keypad Keycodes (Premier B & C) ................................................ 8-13 Diagnostic Tests (Premier B & C) ................................................. 8-14 Communication Problems (Premier B & C) ................................... 8-17 DPT Display Problems (Premier B & C) ........................................ 8-18 Operational Problems (Premier B & C) .......................................... 8-20 Graphic Printer Problems (Premier B & C) .................................... 8-21 Card Reader Cleaning (Premier B & C) .......................................... 8-21 Changing Paper on a Graphic Printer (Premier B) .......................... 8-22 Clearing a Paper Jam on a Graphic Printer (Premier B) ................. 8-25 Changing Paper on an INSIGHT DPT Printer (Premier C) .............. 8-27 Clearing a Paper Jam on an INSIGHT DPT Printer (Premier C) ..... 8-28 Section 9: MaxVac® Vapor Recovery System (Premier B & C) Underground Tank & Piping Diagram ............................................... 9-2 Nozzle / Vehicle Fill Pipe ................................................................ 9-3 MaxVac System Components ......................................................... 9-3 MaxVac System Certification Requirements .................................... 9-4 MaxVac System Tests .................................................................... 9-4 Problems at Power-Up? .................................................................. 9-5 MaxVac Error LEDs ......................................................................... 9-6 MaxVac Multiplex Board .................................................................. 9-8 MaxVac Blend Control Board ........................................................... 9-9 MaxVac Power Supply Board ......................................................... 9-10 MaxVac Motor Control Board ......................................................... 9-11 MaxVac Mini Motor Control Board .................................................. 9-13 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Tokheim Corporation v CONTENTS Section 10: Solenoid Valve Coil Diagnostics (Premier B & C) Checking Coil Voltages ................................................................. 10-2 Checking Coil Resistance ............................................................. 10-3 Wiring Diagrams ........................................................................... 10-4 Section 11: Glossary Index Tokheim Corporation vi Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 DISCLOSURE NOTICE This document contains information proprietary to Tokheim Corporation. The data contained herein, in whole or in part, may not be duplicated, used, or disclosed outside the recipient or purchaser for any purpose other than to evaluate or operate the equipment described within the document. DISCLAIMER ALTHOUGH TOKHEIM CORPORATION HAS ATTEMPTED TO COMPILE THE MATERIAL IN THIS MANUAL WITH ACCURACY, NEITHER IT, ITS EMPLOYEES, NOR ITS AGENTS CAN MAKE ANY WARRANTY OR REPRESENTATION, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECT TO THE LIABILITY WITH REGARD TO THE USE OF THIS MATERIAL OR ASSUME ANY LIABILITY FOR DAMAGES RESULTING FROM THE USE OF ANY INFORMATION, APPARATUS, METHOD, OR PROCEDURE DESCRIBED IN THIS MANUAL. !!! FCC WARNING !!! This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual, may cause interference to radio communications. It has been tested and has been found to comply as a class “A” device with Part 15, Subpart “J” of the FCC rules at date of manufacture. IMPORTANT THIS EQUIPMENT MUST BE INSTALLED AND USED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL CODES AND REGULATIONS INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE (NFPA NO. 70) AND THE AUTOMOTIVE AND MARINE SERVICE STATION CODE (NFPA 30A). It is the owner’s and operator’s responsibility to ensure that the proper warning signs are posted per the current edition of NFPA 30A, Code #9-9. These include, but are not limited to, • “STOP MOTOR” • “NO SMOKING” • “WARNING — IT IS UNLAWFUL AND DANGEROUS TO DISPENSE GASOLINE INTO UNAPPROVED CONTAINERS”. TOKHEIM DISPENSERS SHALL NOT BE USED FOR DIRECT FUELING OF AIRCRAFT WITHOUT FILTERS, SEPARATORS, AND OTHER EQUIPMENT NECESSARY TO ENSURE PRODUCT PURITY. Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 Tokheim Corporation vii ! Safety Information The following requirements are mandatory and shall be followed when installing, using, or working around Tokheim equipment. These hazards or unsafe practices may result in death or severe injury to persons, or damage to equipment or property. DANGER! FIRE AND EXPLOSION HAZARD No Smoking - Never permit smoking in the dispensing area. Sparks and embers from burning cigarettes or pipes can set fuels and their vapors on fire. No Flames - Never permit open flames in the dispensing area. Flames from lighters, matches, welding torches, etc. can set fuels and their vapors on fire. Dispense In Approved Containers Dispense gasoline and other petroleum products into approved containers that are on the ground. To prevent static discharge, never dispense gasoline into a portable container that is in or on a vehicle, including trucks. Always use Tokheim approved and UL Listed hoses and nozzles with this dispenser. WARNING! FIRE AND ELECTRICAL HAZARD Stop Button - The Stop Button may not shut off all power to the dispenser. Be sure all employees are trained how to shut off all power to the system in case of emergency. Code #4-1.2 of the current edition of NFPA 30A requires that: High Voltage - To reduce the risk of electrical shock when servicing, turn off all power to all equipment. In submersible pump applications, turn off power to the submersible pump and any other dispensers which use that submersible pump. AC power can feed back into a shut off dispenser when dispensers share a common submersible pump or starter relay. “A clearly identified and easily accessible switch(es) or circuit breaker(s) shall be provided at a location remote from dispensing devices, including remote pumping systems, to shut off the power to all dispensing devices in the event of an emergency.” Additionally, Code #9-4.5 of the current edition of NFPA 30A requires that: “Emergency controls specified in 4-1.2 [listed above] shall be installed at a location acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction, but controls shall not be more than 100 ft. (30m) from dispensers.” WARNING! SERVICE HAZARD Turn Power Off - Before servicing, always turn off all power to the dispenser and submerged pumps at the master panel. Close any impact valve before performing any maintenance or service to the dispenser, including the changing of fuel filters or strainers. Tokheim Corporation viii Block Islands - Block islands so no vehicle can pull up to the dispenser being worked on. Unauthorized people or vehicles in the work area are dangerous. Clean Up Spills - Promptly clean up product spills on the driveway. Use an absorbent recommended by regulatory agencies. Dispose of absorbent as required by regulatory agencies. Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 Introduction Section 1: Introduction Manual Scope ! CAUTION Failure to install equipment or parts per Tokheim specifications, or maintenance by untrained personnel, may void the Tokheim warranty. This manual is written for the Tokheim Authorized Service Representative (ASR). It contains technical reference information for identifying components, diagnosing problems, and maintaining Premier B & C series dispensers. Section Scope This section provides a general introduction to the dispensers referenced in this manual. Refer to the documents listed on the next page for additional information for Premier B & C series dispensers. Section 1 Contents Document-on-Demand ............................................................ 1-2 Related Documents ................................................................. 1-2 Premier Specifications ............................................................ 1-3 Premier B & C Dispenser Features ......................................... 1-6 Premier B Model Number Notation .......................................... 1-8 Premier C Model Number Notation ........................................ 1-11 Premier B Dispenser Identification ........................................ 1-14 Premier C Dispenser Identification ........................................ 1-16 Operational Diagrams (Premier B & C) ................................. 1-19 Transverse Dispenser Configurations (Premier C) ................ 1-21 Operational Diagrams (Premier C Transverse) ..................... 1-22 Electronic Blend Valve Operation (Premier B & C) ................ 1-26 System Overview .................................................................. 1-29 Conventions used in this Manual ! DANGER “DANGER” indicates an imminently hazardous situation which, if not avoided, WILL result in death or serious injury. ! WARNING “WARNING” indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, COULD result in death orserious injury. ! CAUTION “CAUTION” indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, MAY result in minor or moderate personal injury or property damage. Tips provide useful information that can make your work easier. Notes supply information that emphasizes or supplements important points in the text. Notes may also refer you to related information elsewhere in the manual. Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Tokheim Corporation 1-1 Introduction Document-on-Demand The following types of documents can be ordered and received by FAX from Tokheim' Document-on-Demand service 24-hours-a-day, 7-days-a-week: Dispenser Outline Drawings, Foundation Plans, Wiring Diagrams, Technical Information, Training Information, Warranty Information, Dispenser Care Information, CARB Requirements and more. To access this service, dial (219) 484-1864 and follow the automated instructions to retrieve your document. If you do not know the number of the document you want, press 9999 and an Index of all available documents will be faxed to you. Related Documents These documents can be ordered from: Tokheim Service Parts PO Box 663 Fremont, IN 46737 Phone 219-470-4710 Fax 888-865-4344 Premier B Documents • Service Parts Manual, Form 4814A • Installation/Wiring Manual, Form 4815A • Programming/Operating Manual, Form 4816 Premier C Documents • Site Preparation Manual, Form 5869 • Installation Manual, Form 5870 • Programming Manual, Form 5871 • User's Guide, Form 5872 • Service Parts Manual, Form 5866 Common Documents • The ONE Manual (Care of Your Pumps), Form 1680B • Form 4857 - MaxVac Owner’s Manual • CARB Executive Order G-70-154 • Console Programming/Operating Manual (if applicable) Tokheim Corporation 1-2 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 Introduction Premier Specifications Operating Environment (Premier B & C) Relative humidity: 5% to 95% non-condensing Minimum Ambient Temperature: -40o F (-40o C) Maximum Ambient Temperature: 104o F (40o C) Power Requirements (Premier B & C) 120 VAC (+10%, -15%) 60 Hz 240 VAC (+10%, -15%) 50/60 Hz Dispenser AC Current Requirements (maximum – Premier B) Lights and Heater: 7.6 AMPS @ 120 VAC (all models except I724B-S4x4) 8.1 AMPS @ 120VAC (model I724B-S4x4 only) 3.8 AMPS @ 240 VAC Dispenser Electronics: 6 AMPS @ 120 VAC 3 AMPS @ 240 VAC Suction Motors: 3/4 hp (self-contained only) 10.0 AMPS / 120 VAC 5.0 AMPS / 240 VAC 1.5 AMPS / 380 VAC DPT: 2.0 AMPS @ 120 VAC MaxVac: 2.0 AMPS @ 120 VAC Optional Spandrel Lighting: 15 AMPS @ 120VAC Dispenser AC Current Requirements (maximum – Premier C) Lights and Heater: 5.0 AMPS @ 120 VAC 2.5 AMPS @ 240 VAC Dispenser Electronics: 6 AMPS @ 120 VAC 3 AMPS @ 240 VAC Suction Motors: 3/4 hp (self-contained only) 10.0 AMPS / 120 VAC 5.0 AMPS / 240 VAC 1.6 AMPS / 380 VAC DPT: 2.0 AMPS @ 120 VAC MaxVac: 2 AMPS @ 120 VAC Optional Spandrel Lighting: 15 AMPS @ 120VAC continued on next page . . . Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Tokheim Corporation 1-3 Introduction Premier Specifications (continued) Battery Backup (Premier B & C) Programmable from 0 to 19 minutes in the event of power loss. Displays and electronics continue to be available through Manager Mode for the life of the battery. Low battery backup sensing. Separate battery backup for sales data memory. Standard Power Supply (Premier B & C) Operating Temperature: -40 Degree C to +85 Degree C Input Voltage: 120 VAC -10%, +10% (108 to 132 VAC) 50/60 HZ 220 VAC -10%, +10% (187 to 242 VAC) 50/60 HZ Output Current: 2A Maximum Output Noise: 5% pk to pk @ 2A +25 Degree C Wide Range Power Supply (Premier B & C) Operating Temperature: -40 Degree C to +85 Degree C Input Voltage: 110 VAC -25%, +20% (82.5 to 132 VAC) 50/60 HZ 220 VAC -25%, +20% (165 to 264 VAC) 50/60 HZ Output Current: 2A Maximum Output Noise: 5% pk to pk @ 2A +25 Degree C Displays (Premier B & C) Fluorescent backlit LCD Displays • Money Display: 1" high, 6 digits • Volume Display: 1" high, 6 digits, gallons or liters • Price Per Unit of Volume (PPUV) Display: .5" high, 4 digits • DPT Display: .38" high, 4 line x 20 character • INSIGHT DPT Display: 320 x 240 pixels graphic resolution 9 lines x 20 characters in text mode • INSIGHT Debit Display: 4 lines x 20 characters Pulsers (Premier B & C) Dual phase pulsers with connect/disconnect sensing. Pulses Per Gallon / Liter: Premier B: 1000 pulses per gallon / 250 pulses per liter Premier C: 400 pulses per gallon / 100 pulses per liter Tokheim Corporation 1-4 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Introduction Premier Specifications (continued) Flow Control Valves (Premier B & C) Non-blend dispensers: Dual flow, solenoid-operated diaphragm valves. Blending dispensers: Software-controlled Proportional Blend Valves. In Premier B, the valves and coils are located in the hydraulics enclosure. In Premier C, the panel-mount valves are located in the hydraulics enclosure and the coils are located in the electronics enclosure. Meter (Premier B & C) Three-piston, positive displacement meter can be calibrated in increments as small as 1/5 cubic inch in five gallons. Mechanical Totalizers (Premier B & C) 9999999.99 gallon or liter, non-resettable meter driven mechanical totalizers. Performance Requirements (Premier B & C) Minimum Delivery Rate: 10 GPM @ 26 PSI inlet pressure. Meter Accuracy: + .25% to 15 GPM Fuel Limitations (Premier B & C) Maximum Ethanol Content: 15% Maximum Methanol Content: 15% Filters (Premier B & C) RC Models Standard: One 7 micron or water alert 10 micron spin-on filter per product. Options: Diesel Non-Diesel One strainer screen (40x40 mesh rating) per product. One strainer screen (90x100 mesh rating) per product. Suction Models Standard: Diesel Non-Diesel One strainer screen (40x40 mesh rating) per product. One strainer screen (90x110 mesh rating) per product. Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Tokheim Corporation 1-5 Introduction Premier B & C Dispenser Features Two Types of Dispenser Operation: • Stand-alone Operation – All the activities to allow the dispensing of fuel are performed by the dispenser alone. The dispenser operates without a hose controller. • Console Operation – Dispenser operations are controlled by a console, hose controller, or site controller. All fuel sale activities are monitored and controlled by a console or controller. Two Modes: • Operating Mode – (also called Run Mode) This is the standard running mode of the dispenser that allows the customer to complete a fuel sale transaction. • Programming Mode – (also called Manager Mode) This mode allows the programmer to initialize and set software selectable choices for dispenser operation. Dispenser Payment Terminal (DPT) Option: Depending upon the DPT options available on your dispenser, the customer can use a Credit Card, Debit Card, Fleet Card, or Cash to pay for their fuel. Most DPTs include a receipt printer. Non-Blend Dispensers: • A one or two-sided dispenser with up to four pure products and four hoses per side. • A one or two-sided dispenser with up to three pure products and one hose per side. • Operates via console control or in stand alone mode. • Using a Model 67 series dispenser interface box, the Premier C can operate with: - Dispenser control consoles - Dedicated Hose Controller (DHC) - A third party site controller that supports the Premier communication protocol. Tokheim Corporation 1-6 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Introduction Premier B & C Dispenser Features (continued) Blend Dispensers: • Electronic Blend (EB) — A one or two-sided dispenser with two straight grade products and one blended product with one or three hoses per side. The blend ratio is programmed in the manager modes. • Variable Blend (B3, B4, B5) — A one or two-sided dispenser with blended products dispensed from one hose per side. The blend ratios for each product are programmed in the manager modes. • Transverse — A dispenser with products arranged in a transverse (reverse) order from side A to side B. Transverse refers to the position of the non-blended product (usually Diesel). Hose Controllers Utilizing a Model 67 series dispenser interface box, the Premier can operate with: • Dispenser control consoles • Dedicated Hose Controller (DHC) • A third party site controller that supports the Premier communication protocol. Intercom/Speaker: Refer to the manual that came with your intercom system. Limitations: Only one hose per dispenser side can be active at a time. Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Tokheim Corporation 1-7 TOKHEIM MODEL NUMBER NOTATION Dispenser Configuration C C C C C H = High Hose I = International 3 4 = 30 inch = 45 inch 1 2 = 1 side = 2 sides Dispenser Features CC F F F F F F Dispenser Options O O O O O O O O O O O O O Customer Specific Feature F2 = Pump Stop F3 = LIFT LEVER TO START F4 = PPU Display, positions 2, 3 & 4 Dispenser Payment Terminal Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 Total Number of Hoses 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 B = Premier B Series Dispenser R = Remote (submerged pump) R1PBA =Remote, 1 product, w/262A base adapter R2PBA =Remote, 2 product w/262A base adapter RB3 = Remote, 3 blended prod/single hose outlet RB3FD =Remote w/3 blend prods., plus one future diesel prod. RB3TR =Remote w/3 blend prods., transverse RB4TR= Remote w/4 blend prods., transverse RB4 = Remote, 4 blended prod/single hose outlet RB5 = Remote, 5 blended prod/single hose outlet REB = Remote, 1 blended product, multiple hose outlets REBTR= Remote, 1 blend prod, multi-hose outlets, transverse RTR = Remote, transverse S = Suction S4x4 = Suction Motorcycle SB3 = Suction w/ three blend prod/single hose outlet SB3+1= Suction B3 plus one SB5 = Suction w/ five blend prod/single hose outlet SDD = Suction Double Display SEB = Suction w/ one blend prod/multiple hose outlets SHS = Suction High Speed Z = Glider Kit (shown on next page) Card Reader (Must be selected in conjunction with a T-series DPT option on the next page) R6 = 2 track, Magnetic Stripe Upper Left Graphic Printer (Must be selected in conjunction with a G-series INSIGHT™ DPT option on the next page) H1 = Printer with Keypad & Debit H2 = Printer with Keypad, without Debit H3 = Printer without Keypad & Debit Preset Pricing P1 = Preset Cash/Credit Pricing K1 = Dual Pricing Cash Acceptor (Must be selected in conjunction with a T-series DPT option on the next page) C2 = With lockable cassette Vapor Recovery V = Vapor Recovery IV = Ready for future Vapor Recovery Upgrade PM = Partial Vapor (MaxVac/Interim) MV = MaxVac Vapor Recovery No Designation = Non Vapor Introduction Tokheim Corporation 1-8 PREMIER B (H and I) MODEL DISPENSERS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 PREMIER B (H and I) MODEL DISPENSERS TOKHEIM MODEL NUMBER NOTATION Dispenser Configuration C C C C C Dispenser Features CC F F F F F F Dispenser Options O O O O O O O O O O O O O Dispenser Payment Terminal (Includes Printer) T2 = Card Reader ONLY T3 = Cash Acceptor & Card Reader T4 = DEBIT Card Reader ONLY (TDS Plus) T5 = Cash Acceptor & DEBIT Card Reader (TDS Plus) T7 = Card Reader ONLY (Gasboy) T8 = Cash Acceptor & Card Reader (Gasboy) T9 = Card Reader ONLY (Hebrew display) T10 = Debit Card Reader (TDS) Introduction Tokheim Corporation 1-9 INSIGHT™ Dispenser Payment Terminal G1 = Non-DPT without Keypad G2 = Non-DPT with Keypad G3 = Card Reader Only - Upper Right G4 = Card Reader Only - Upper Left G5 = Card Reader - Upper Right, Cash Acceptor, Locking Cassette G6 = Card Reader - Upper Left, Cash Acceptor, Locking Cassette G7 = Card Reader - Upper Right, Cash Acceptor, Non-Locking Cassette G8 = Card Reader - Upper Left, Cash Acceptor, Non-Locking Cassette TOKHEIM MODEL NUMBER NOTATION Dispenser Options O O O O O O O O O O O O O Door, Upper 1A = Painted 1B = Stainless Steel Post Cover 14A = Painted (In/Out) 14B = Stainless (In/Out) 14C = Painted Black 14D = Painted (In), Stainless (Out) 14E = Stainless (In), Painted (Out) Door, Lower 2A = Painted 2B = Stainless Steel Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 Motor 11A = 120VAC, 1 phase. 11B = 240VAC, 1 Phase 11C = 240VAC, 3 Phase 11D = 380VAC, 3 Phase Filters 3J = Spin-On 3K = Strainer Screen Product Identification Panels 4A = Single Piece Insert 4B = Multi-Piece Insert Raceway Width 5A = 17" 5B = 24" 5C = 24", Bottom Access 5D = 20", Bottom Access —— NOTICE —— The U.L. Listing for the dispenser does not cover all options. Only the dispensers (which carry the U.L. Listing mark) are covered by Underwriters Laboratories. Battery 15A = Lead Acid 15B = Nicad Speaker 10A = Without Speaker 10B = With Speaker Dispenser Software 6A = Universal domestic - JN 6B = Thailand - LG 6C = International - L 6D = International - MK 01 6E = U.S.A. - MK 02 6F = Brazil - MK 03 6G = Thailand - MK 04 6H = Kuwait - MK 05 6I = Philippines - MK 06 6J = Israel - MK 07 6K = Korea - MK 08 6L = Turkey - MK 09 6M = Malaysia - MK 10 6N = Pakistan - MK 11 6O = Singapore - MK 12 6P = Hong Kong - MK 13 6Q = Domestic (no icons) - JN 6R = Domestic, transverse - PZ Operating Voltage 9A = 120V, 60Hz 9B = 240V, 50 Hz 9C = 240V, 60 Hz Measurement 8A = Gallon 8B = Liter 8C = Imperial Gallon 8D = Gallon (60# Bypass) 8E = Liter (60# Bypass) 8F = Imperial Gal. (60# Bypass) Valance Panels 7A = 24", Painted 7B = 24", Stainless 7C = 24", Painted w/Insert 7D = 24", Stainless w/Insert 7E = Without Valance Introduction Tokheim Corporation 1-10 PREMIER B (H and I) MODEL DISPENSERS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 PREMIER C MODEL DISPENSERS TOKHEIM MODEL NUMBER NOTATION Dispenser Configuration X X X X C H = High Hose 3 4 = 30 inch = 45 inch 1 2 = 1 side = 2 sides XX Dispenser Features Dispenser Options (shown on Page 1-6) X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X Customer Specific Feature F2 = Pump Stop F3 = LIFT LEVER TO START F4 = PPU Display, positions 2, 3 & 4 Dispenser Payment Terminal Total Number of Hoses 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 C = Premier C Series Dispenser Remote Remote, 1 blended product, multiple hose outlets Remote, 1 blended product, transverse Remote, 3 blendeded products, single hose outlet Remote, 3 blended products, transverse right Remote, 3 blended products, transverse left Remote, 4 blended products, single hose outlet Remote, 4 blended products, transverse right Remote, 4 blended products, transverse left Remote, 5 blended products, single hose outlet Remote, transverse Suction Suction w/ three blend prod/single hose outlet Suction B3 plus one Suction w/ five blend prod/single hose outlet Suction w/ one blend prod/multiple hose outlets Glider Card Reader (Must be selected in conjunction with a T-series DPT option on the next page) R7 = 2 track, Magnetic Stripe Dual Head Graphic Printer (Must be selected in conjunction with a G-series INSIGHT™ DPT option on the next page) H1 = Printer with Keypad & Debit H2 = Printer with Keypad, without Debit H3 = Printer without Keypad & Debit Preset Pricing P1 = Preset Cash/Credit Pricing K1 = Dual Pricing K2 = Single Pricing Vapor Recovery IV = Ready for future Vapor Recovery Upgrade V = Vapor Recovery PM = Partial Vapor (MaxVac w/One Product IV) MV = MaxVac Vapor Recovery No Designation = Non Vapor Cash Acceptor (Must be selected in conjunction with a T-series DPT option on the next page) C2 = With lockable cassette Introduction Tokheim Corporation 1-11 R = REB = REBTR = RB3 = RB3TR = RB3TL = RB4 = RB4TR = RB4TL = RB5 = RTR = S = SB3 = SB3+1 = SB5 = SEB = Z = (shown on next page) C MODEL DISPENSERS TOKHEIM MODEL NUMBER NOTATION Dispenser Configuration X X X X C Dispenser Features XX Dispenser Options (shown on Page 1-6) X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Dispenser Payment Terminal (Includes Printer) T2 = Card Reader ONLY T3 = Cash Acceptor & Card Reader T4 = DEBIT Card Reader ONLY (TDS Plus) T5 = Cash Acceptor & DEBIT Card Reader (TDS Plus) T7 = Card Reader ONLY (Gasboy) T8 = Cash Acceptor & Card Reader (Gasboy) T9 = Card Reader ONLY (Hebrew display) T10 = Debit Card Reader (TDS) INSIGHT™ Dispenser Payment Terminal G9 = Card Reader Only - Dual Head G10 = Card Reader - Dual Head, Cash Acceptor, Locking Cassette Introduction Tokheim Corporation 1-12 PREMIER Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 PREMIER C MODEL DISPENSERS TOKHEIM MODEL NUMBER NOTATION Dispenser Options X X X X X X X X X X X X X Door, Upper 1A = Painted 1B = Stainless Steel Post Cover 14A = Painted (In/Out) 14B = Stainless (In/Out) 14C = Painted Black 14D = Painted (In), Stainless (Out) 14E = Stainless (In), Painted (Out) Door, Lower 2A = Painted 2B = Stainless Steel Motor 11A = 120VAC, 1 phase. 11B = 240VAC, 1 Phase 11C = 240VAC, 3 Phase 11D = 380VAC, 3 Phase Filters 3J = Spin-On 3K = Strainer Screen Product Identification Panels 4A = Single Piece Insert 4B = Multi-Piece Insert Raceway Width 5A = 17", Bottom Access Speaker 10A = Without Speaker 10B = With Speaker Dispenser Software 6S = Universal domestic - QQ 6T = International - QR 01 6U = U.S.A. - QR 02 6V = Brazil - QR 03 6W = Thailand - QR 04 6X = Kuwait - QR 05 6Y = Philippines - QR 06 6Z = Israel - QR 07 6AA = Korea - QR 08 6AB = Turkey - QR 09 6AC = Malaysia - QR 10 6AD = Pakistan - QR 11 6AE = Singapore - QR 12 6AF = Hong Kong - QR 13 Operating Voltage 9A = 120V, 60Hz 9B = 240V, 50 Hz 9C = 240V, 60 Hz Measurement 8A = Gallon 8B = Liter Valance Panels 7A = Painted 7B = Stainless 7E = Without Valance Introduction Tokheim Corporation 1-13 —— NOTICE —— The U.L. Listing for the dispenser does not cover all options. Only the dispensers (which carry the U.L. Listing mark) are covered by Underwriters Laboratories. Battery 15A = Lead Acid Introduction Premier B Dispenser Identification Model H426B = Premier B Dispenser Model number notation information is located on pages 1-8 through 1-10. Operational Diagrams are located on pages 1-19 through 1-25. 6 hoses (3 on each side) 2 Sides used 45" Cabinet Model Type H411B, H422B , H711B, H422B-B3 & B5 45" Cabinet H411B = 1 side, 1 hose, 3 products H422B = 2 sides, 2 hoses, 3 products H422B-B3 & B5 = 2 sides, 2 hoses, 3 & 5 products H711B = 1 side, 1 hose, 1 product H422B-B3/B5, H422B H413B, H426B H413B-EB, H426B-EB H426B-RTR, H426B-REBTR H414B, H428B, H414B-EB, H428B-EB, H428B-RTR, H428B-REBTR 45" Cabinet H413B = 1 side, 3 hoses, 3 products H426B = 2 sides, 6 hoses, 3 products H413B-EB = 1 side, 3 hoses, 3 products H426B-EB = 2 sides, 6 hoses, 3 products H426B-RTR= 2 sides, 6 hoses, 3 products H426B-REBTR=2 sides, 6 hoses, 3 products (1 blended) 45" Cabinet H414B= 1 side, 4 hoses, 4 products H428B = 2 sides, 8 hoses, 4 products H414B-EB = 1 side, 4 hoses, 4 products H428B-EB = 2 sides, 8 hoses, 4 products H428B-RTR = 2 sides, 8 hoses, 4 products H428B-REBTR = 2 sides, 8 hoses, 4 products (1 blended) SIDE “B” SIDE “B” SIDE “B” SIDE “A” H411B, H711B SIDE “B” SIDE “A” SIDE “A” BLENDED HOSE FOR “-EB” SIDE “A” Tokheim Corporation 1-14 BLENDED HOSE FOR “-EB” Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Introduction Premier B Dispenser Identification (continued) Model H324B = Premier B Dispenser Model number notation information is located on pages 1-8 through 1-10. Operational Diagrams are located on pages 1-19 through 1-25. 4 hoses (2 on each side) 2 Sides used 30" Cabinet Model Type H412B, H424B, H412B-B3(3+1), H412B- B3(3+1), H424B-B3, H412B-B4(4+1), H424B-B4 45" Cabinet H412B = 1 side, 2 hoses, 4 prod(3+1 non-blend) H412B-B3(3+1)= 1 side, 2 hoses, 4 products H412B-B4(4+1)= 1 side, 2 hoses, 5 products H424B = 2 sides, 4 hoses, 4 prod (3+1 non-blend) H424B-B4(4+1)= 2 sides, 4 hoses, 5 products H424B-B3(3+1) = 2 sides, 4 hoses, 4 products H424B-B4(4+1) = 2 sides, 4 hoses, 5 products H311B, H322B, H322B-B3 & B5, H322B-R1PBA, & H322B-R2PBA 30" Cabinet H322B-B3/B5 = 2 sides, 2 hoses (1 each side) & 3/5 products respectively H322B-R1PBA= 2 sides, 2 hoses, 1 prod. H322B-R2PBA= 2 sides, 2 hoses, 2 prod. H311B = 1 side, 1 hose, 1 product H322B = 2 sides, 2 hoses, 1 product H311B or H311B-B3/B5 H324B 30" Cabinet H324B = 2 sides, 4 hoses (2 each side), 2 products H322B or H322B-R1PBA SIDE “B” SIDE “B” SIDE “B” SIDE “A” SIDE “A” SIDE “A” SIDE “B” H322B-B3/5 or H322B-R2PBA SIDE “B” SIDE “A” SIDE “A” Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Tokheim Corporation 1-15 Introduction Premier C Dispenser Identification Model H426C = Premier C Dispenser Model number notation information is located on pages 1-11 through 1-13. Operational Diagrams are located on pages 1-19 through 1-25. 6 hoses (3 on each side) 2 sides used 45" cabinet Model Type H422C-R, H422C-RB3/RB5 45" Cabinet H422C-R =2 sides, 2 hoses, 3 products H422C-RB3/RB5 = 2 sides, 2 hoses, 3 or 5 blended products H413C-R, H426C-R (-S), H426C-REB, H426C-RTR, H426C-REBTR H428C-R H428C-REB, H428C-SEB 45" Cabinet H413C-R = 1 side, 3 hoses, 3 products H426C-R (-S) = 2 sides, 6 hoses, 3 products H426C-REB = 2 sides, 6 hoses, 3 products (1 blended) H426C-RTR = 2 sides, 6 hoses, 3 products, transverse H426C-REBTR = 2 sides, 6 hoses, 3 products (1 blended), transverse 45" Cabinet H428C-R = 2 sides, 8 hoses, 4 products H428C-REB = 2 sides, 8 hoses, 4 products (1 blended) H428C-SEB = 2 sides, 8 hoses, 4 products (1 blended) SIDE “B” SIDE “B” SIDE “B” SIDE “A” Tokheim Corporation 1-16 SIDE “A” BLENDED HOSE FOR “-REB” or “-SEB” BLENDED HOSE FOR “-REB” SIDE “A” Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Introduction Premier C Dispenser Identification (continued) Model H424C = Premier C Dispenser Model number notation information is located on pages 1-11 through 1-13. Operational Diagrams are located on pages 1-19 through 1-25. 4 hoses (2 on each side) 2 sides used 45" cabinet Model Type H424C-RTL, H424C-RB3/4TL H424C-RTR, H424C-RB3/4TR H424C-RB3/4TL = 2 sides, 4 hoses, 4 or 5 products (3 or 4 blended products, +1 non-blended product) H424C-RB3/4TR = 2 sides, 4 hoses, 4 or 5 products (3 or 4 blended products, +1 non-blended product) TL = Non-manifolded or Non-blended product/hose located on left. TR = Non-manifolded orNon-blended product/hose located on right. SIDE “B” SIDE “B” Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 NON BLEND HOSE FOR “RB3/4TR” OR NON-MANIFOLED HOSE FOR “H424C-RTR” OR BLENDED HOSE FOR “RB3/4TR” SIDE “A” BLENDED HOSE FOR “RB3/4TL” NON-MANIFOLED HOSE FOR “H424C-RTL” OR NON-BLEND HOSE FOR “RB3/4TL” SIDE “A” BLENDED HOSE FOR “RB3/4TR” 45" Cabinet H424C-RTR = 2 sides, 4 hoses, 4 products, (3 manifolded products, +1 non-manifolded product) BLENDED HOSE FOR “RB3/4TL” 45" Cabinet H424C-RTL = 2 sides, 4 hoses, 4 products, (3 manifolded products, +1 non-manifolded product) Tokheim Corporation 1-17 Introduction Premier C Dispenser Identification (continued) Model H324C = Premier C Dispenser Model number notation information is located on pages 1-11 through 1-13. Operational Diagrams are located on pages 1-19 through 1-25. 4 hoses (2 on each side) 2 sides used 30" cabinet Model Type H424C-R, H424C-RB3+1, H424C-SB3+1 H322C-R, H322C-S, H322C-RB3/RB5, H322C-SB3/SB5 45" Cabinet H424C-R = 2 sides, 4 hoses, 4 products, (3 gas, 1 diesel) H424C-RB3+1 = 2 sides, 4 hoses, 4 products H424C-SB3+1 = 2 sides, 4 hoses, 4 products 30" Cabinet H322C-R = 2 sides, 2 hoses, 1 product H322C-S = 2 sides, 2 hoses, 1 product H322C-RB3/RB5 = 2 sides, 2 hoses, & 3/5 products respectively H322C-SB3/SB5 = 2 sides, 2 hoses, & 3/5 products respectively SIDE “B” H322C-R SIDE “B” SIDE “A” H324C-R, H324C-S 30" Cabinet H324C-R = 2 sides, 4 hoses, 2 products H324C-S = 2 sides, 4 hoses, 2 products H322C-RB3/RB5 SIDE “B” SIDE “A” SIDE “B” SIDE “A” Tokheim Corporation 1-18 NON BLEND HOSE FOR “RB3(3+1)” BLENDED HOSE FOR “RB3(3+1)” SIDE “A” Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Introduction Operational Diagrams (Premier B & C) Premier C Multi-hose (per side) Dispenser (H428C-R) PRODUCT # -------------------- 1 ----------------------- 2 ------------------------ 3 ------------------------ 4 DISPENSER SIDE B DISPENSER SIDE A (HOSE 1) HANDLE 1 (HOSE 2) HANDLE 2 (HOSE 3) HANDLE 3 (HOSE 4) HANDLE 4 HOSE VALVE 1 HOSE VALVE 2 HOSE VALVE 3 HOSE VALVE 4 METER POSITION 1 METER POSITION 2 METER POSITION 3 METER POSITION 4 PRODUCT #1 PRODUCT #2 PRODUCT #3 PRODUCT #4 METER POSITION 1 METER POSITION 2 METER POSITION 3 METER POSITION 4 HOSE VALVE 1 HOSE VALVE 2 HOSE VALVE 3 HOSE VALVE 4 HANDLE 1 (HOSE 1) HANDLE 2 (HOSE 2) HANDLE 3 (HOSE 3) HANDLE 4 (HOSE 4) PRODUCT # (F28) ------------ 1 ----------------------- 2 ------------------------ 3 ------------------------ 4 Premier C 1 or 2 Hose Manifolded Dispenser (H424C-R) PRODUCT # ---------------------------------------------- 1,2,3 ------------------------------------------------ 4 (HOSE 1) HANDLE 1 (HOSE 2) HANDLE 4 MANIFOLD DISPENSER SIDE B DISPENSER SIDE A HOSE VALVE 1 HOSE VALVE 2 HOSE VALVE 3 HOSE VALVE 4 METER POSITION 1 METER POSITION 2 METER POSITION 3 METER POSITION 4 PRODUCT #1 PRODUCT #2 PRODUCT #3 PRODUCT #4 METER POSITION 1 METER POSITION 2 METER POSITION 3 METER POSITION 4 HOSE VALVE 1 HOSE VALVE 2 HOSE VALVE 3 HOSE VALVE 4 MANIFOLD HANDLE 1 (HOSE 1) HANDLE 4 (HOSE 2) PRODUCT # (F28) -------------------------------------- 1,2,3 ------------------------------------------------ 4 = Optional Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Tokheim Corporation 1-19 Introduction Operational Diagrams (Premier B & C) Premier C Electronic Blend Dispenser (H426C-REB) PRODUCT # -------------------- 1 ----------------------- 2 ------------------------ 3 ------------------------ 4 (HOSE 1) HANDLE 1 (HOSE 2) HANDLE 2 (HOSE 3) HANDLE 3 (HOSE 4) HANDLE 4 HOSE VALVE 3 HOSE VALVE 4 METER POSITION 1 METER POSITION 3 METER POSITION 4 PRODUCT #1 PRODUCT #2 +1 PRODUCT METER POSITION 1 METER POSITION 3 METER POSITION 4 HOSE VALVE 3 HOSE VALVE 4 HOSE VALVE 1 BLENDING VALVE 2 BLENDING VALVE 1 DISPENSER SIDE B DISPENSER SIDE A BLENDING VALVE 2 BLENDING VALVE 1 HOSE VALVE 1 HANDLE 2 (HOSE 2) HANDLE 1 (HOSE 1) HANDLE 3 (HOSE 3) HANDLE 4 (HOSE 4) PRODUCT # (F28) ------------ 1 ----------------------- 2 ------------------------ 3 ------------------------ 4 = Optional Premier Electronic Variable Blend Dispenser (H424C-RB3, B4, or B5) PRODUCT # ------------------------------------------- 1,2,3,4 ------------------------------------------------ 5 (HOSE 1) HANDLE 1 (HOSE 2) HANDLE 4 HOSE VALVE 4 BLENDING VALVE 2 BLENDING VALVE 1 DISPENSER SIDE B DISPENSER SIDE A METER POSITION 1 METER POSITION 3 METER POSITION 4 PRODUCT #1 PRODUCT # 2 +1 PRODUCT METER POSITION 1 METER POSITION 3 METER POSITION 4 BLENDING VALVE 2 BLENDING VALVE 1 HOSE VALVE 4 HANDLE 1 (HOSE 1) HANDLE 4 (HOSE 2) PRODUCT # (F28) ----------------------------------- 1,2,3,4 ------------------------------------------------ 5 = Optional Tokheim Corporation 1-20 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Introduction Transverse Dispenser Configurations (Premier C) Product Locations Transverse dispenser models have their products arranged in a transverse (reverse) order from side A to side B. The last two letters of the model number identifies a transverse left (TL) or a transverse right (TR) dispenser. Refer to the operational diagrams on the following pages for product locations on Tokheim transverse dispenser models. Totalizer Locations The totalizer locations on transverse dispenser models H424C-RB3TL(TR) or H424C-RB4TL(TR) do not correspond with the locations of the products on the dials and panels of the dispenser. See the illustration below to match the totalizers with the products they are metering. PRODUCTS #1-3 (RB3TL) PRODUCTS #1-4 (RB4TL) T1 TOP VIEW NON-BLEND PRODUCT (DIESEL) T2 T4 Totalizers TL = Transverse Left TR = Transverse Right T1 T2 T4 SIDE A NON-BLEND PRODUCT (DIESEL) PRODUCTS #1-3 (RB3TL) PRODUCTS #1-4 (RB4TL) T1 = Meter Product #1 Totalizer T2 = Meter Product #2 Totalizer T4 = Meter Product #4 Totalizer (non-blend product, usually Diesel) Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 May 2000 Tokheim Corporation 1-21 Introduction Operational Diagrams (Premier C Transverse) Premier C Manifolded, Transverse Dispenser (H424C-RTR) PRODUCT # ----------------------------------------------- 4 ---------------------------------------------- 1,2,3 (HOSE 1) HANDLE 4 TL = Transverse Left TR = Transverse Right Refers to the position of the non-manifolded product on these models. (HOSE 2) HANDLE 1 MANIFOLD DISPENSER SIDE B DISPENSER SIDE A HOSE VALVE 1 HOSE VALVE 2 HOSE VALVE 3 HOSE VALVE 4 METER POSITION 1 METER POSITION 2 METER POSITION 3 METER POSITION 4 PRODUCT #1 PRODUCT #2 PRODUCT #3 PRODUCT #4 METER POSITION 1 METER POSITION 2 METER POSITION 3 METER POSITION 4 HOSE VALVE 1 HOSE VALVE 2 HOSE VALVE 3 HOSE VALVE 4 MANIFOLD HANDLE 1 (HOSE 1) HANDLE 4 (HOSE 2) PRODUCT # (F28) ---------------------------------- 1,2,3 --------------------------------------------------- 4 Premier C Manifolded, Transverse Dispenser (H424C-RTL) PRODUCT # ------------------------------------------ 1,2,3 --------------------------------------------------- 4 (HOSE 1) HANDLE 4 (HOSE 2) HANDLE 1 MANIFOLD DISPENSER SIDE B DISPENSER SIDE A HOSE VALVE 1 HOSE VALVE 2 HOSE VALVE 3 HOSE VALVE 4 METER POSITION 1 METER POSITION 2 METER POSITION 3 METER POSITION 4 PRODUCT #1 PRODUCT #2 PRODUCT #3 PRODUCT #4 METER POSITION 1 METER POSITION 2 METER POSITION 3 METER POSITION 4 HOSE VALVE 1 HOSE VALVE 2 HOSE VALVE 3 HOSE VALVE 4 MANIFOLD HANDLE 4 (HOSE 1) HANDLE 1 (HOSE 2) PRODUCT # (F28) --------------------------------------- 4 ---------------------------------------------- 1,2,3 Tokheim Corporation 1-22 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 May 2000 Introduction Operational Diagrams (Premier C Transverse) Premier Electronic Variable Blend, Transverse Dispenser “4+1” (H424C-RB4TR) PRODUCT # ----------------------------------------------- 5 ----------------------------------------------- 1,2,3,4 (HOSE 2) HANDLE 4 TL = Transverse Left TR = Transverse Right Refers to the position of the non-blended product on these models. (HOSE 1) HANDLE 1 HOSE VALVE 4 BLENDING VALVE 2 BLENDING VALVE 1 DISPENSER SIDE B DISPENSER SIDE A METER POSITION 1 METER POSITION 3 METER POSITION 4 PRODUCT #1 PRODUCT # 2 +1 PRODUCT METER POSITION 1 METER POSITION 3 METER POSITION 4 BLENDING VALVE 2 BLENDING VALVE 1 HOSE VALVE 4 HANDLE 1 (HOSE 1) HANDLE 4 (HOSE 2) PRODUCT # (F28) ------------------------------------- 1,2,3,4 ----------------------------------------------- 5 BLEND RATIO (F26) ------------------------------------- % ------------------------------------------------ NON Premier Electronic Variable Blend, Transverse Dispenser “4+1” (H424C-RB4TL) PRODUCT # -------------------------------------------- 1,2,3,4 ------------------------------------------------ 5 (HOSE 2) HANDLE 1 (HOSE 1) HANDLE 4 HOSE VALVE 4 BLENDING VALVE 2 BLENDING VALVE 1 DISPENSER SIDE B DISPENSER SIDE A METER POSITION 1 METER POSITION 3 METER POSITION 4 PRODUCT #1 PRODUCT # 2 +1 PRODUCT METER POSITION 1 METER POSITION 3 METER POSITION 4 BLENDING VALVE 2 BLENDING VALVE 1 HOSE VALVE 4 HANDLE 4 (HOSE 1) HANDLE 1 (HOSE 2) PRODUCT # (F28) ---------------------------------------- 5 ----------------------------------------------- 1,2,3,4 BLEND RATIO (F26) ----------------------------------- NON ------------------------------------------------ % Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 May 2000 Tokheim Corporation 1-23 Introduction Operational Diagrams (Premier C Transverse) Premier C Multi-hose, Transverse Dispenser (H426C-RTR) PRODUCT ---------------------- 3 ----------------------- 2 ------------------------ 1 (HOSE 3) HANDLE 1 (HOSE 2) HANDLE 2 (HOSE 1) HANDLE 3 HOSE VALVE 1 HOSE VALVE 2 HOSE VALVE 3 METER POSITION 1 METER POSITION 2 METER POSITION 3 PRODUCT #1 PRODUCT #2 PRODUCT #3 METER POSITION 1 METER POSITION 2 METER POSITION 3 TL = Transverse Left TR = Transverse Right DISPENSER SIDE B DISPENSER SIDE A HOSE VALVE 1 HANDLE 1 (HOSE 1) HOSE VALVE 2 HOSE VALVE 3 HANDLE 2 (HOSE 2) HANDLE 3 (HOSE 3) PRODUCT # (F28) ------------ 1 ----------------------- 2 ------------------------ 3 Premier C Multi-hose, Transverse Dispenser (H426C-RTL) PRODUCT ---------------------- 1 ----------------------- 2 ------------------------ 3 DISPENSER SIDE B DISPENSER SIDE A (HOSE 3) HANDLE 1 (HOSE 2) HANDLE 2 (HOSE 1) HANDLE 3 HOSE VALVE 1 HOSE VALVE 2 HOSE VALVE 3 METER POSITION 1 METER POSITION 2 METER POSITION 3 PRODUCT #1 PRODUCT #2 PRODUCT #3 METER POSITION 1 METER POSITION 2 METER POSITION 3 HOSE VALVE 1 HANDLE 1 (HOSE 1) HOSE VALVE 2 HOSE VALVE 3 HANDLE 2 (HOSE 2) HANDLE 3 (HOSE 3) PRODUCT # (F28) ------------ 3 ----------------------- 2 ------------------------ 1 Tokheim Corporation 1-24 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 May 2000 Introduction Operational Diagrams (Premier C Transverse) Premier C Electronic Blend, Transverse Dispenser (H426C-REBTR) PRODUCT ---------------------- 3 ----------------------- 2 ------------------------ 1 (HOSE 3) HANDLE 1 TL = Transverse Left TR = Transverse Right (HOSE 2) HANDLE 2 (HOSE 1) HANDLE 3 HOSE VALVE 1 HOSE VALVE 3 BLENDING VALVE 2 BLENDING VALVE 1 DISPENSER SIDE B METER POSITION 1 METER POSITION 3 PRODUCT #1 PRODUCT #2 METER POSITION 1 METER POSITION 3 DISPENSER SIDE A BLENDING VALVE 2 BLENDING VALVE 1 HOSE VALVE 3 HOSE VALVE 1 HANDLE 2 (HOSE 2) HANDLE 1 (HOSE 1) HANDLE 3 (HOSE 3) PRODUCT # (F28) ------------ 1 ----------------------- 2 ------------------------ 3 BLEND RATIO (F26) ------ NON ---------------------- 50 ------------------- NON Premier C Electronic Blend, Transverse Dispenser (H426C-REBTL) PRODUCT ---------------------- 1 ----------------------- 2 ------------------------ 3 (HOSE 2) HANDLE 2 (HOSE 3) HANDLE 1 (HOSE 1) HANDLE 3 HOSE VALVE 1 HOSE VALVE 3 BLENDING VALVE 2 BLENDING VALVE 1 DISPENSER SIDE B METER POSITION 1 METER POSITION 3 PRODUCT #1 PRODUCT #2 METER POSITION 1 METER POSITION 3 DISPENSER SIDE A BLENDING VALVE 2 BLENDING VALVE 1 HOSE VALVE 3 HOSE VALVE 1 HANDLE 1 (HOSE 1) HANDLE 2 (HOSE 2) HANDLE 3 (HOSE 3) PRODUCT # (F28) ------------ 3 ----------------------- 2 ------------------------ 1 BLEND RATIO (F26) ------ NON ---------------------- 50 ------------------- NON Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 May 2000 Tokheim Corporation 1-25 Introduction Electronic Blend Valve Operation (Premier B & C) Each blended product per dispenser side requires a Blend Controller Valve assembly, which consists of four solenoids and two blend regulator valves. The blended product is produced by cycling the four solenoids, which then control the positions of the two diaphragm-operated blend regulator valves. SOLENOIDS SOLENOIDS BLEND REGULATOR VALVE BLEND REGULATOR VALVE From each pure grade product per dispenser side, there are two solenoids and one blend regulator valve. The inlet solenoid is normally closed (N.C.). The outlet solenoid is normally open (N.O.). The position of the blend regulator valve is determined by the two solenoids cycling to increase or decrease the amount of pressurized product acting against the regulating valve's actuating diaphragm. BLEND REGULATOR VALVE INLET SOLENOID OUTLET SOLENOID Varying product pressure here. . . . . .opens/closes regulating valve here Tokheim Corporation 1-26 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 May 2000 Introduction Electronic Blend Valve Operational Sequence 1. When a blended product is selected and dispensing begins, the two inlet (N.C.) solenoids are activated (opened). Slow flow begins at a rate of one gallon per minute per solenoid (2 gallons per minute total). After seven pulses are received, full flow begins and blend regulation begins. 2. The Blend Controller board monitors the two pure grade sets of pulses received from the pulsers and communicates with the Expanded Computer board. The Blend Controller board keeps a count of the pulses from each product pulser in an accumulative pulse counter. The Blend Controller board looks at the accumulative pulse counter every 40 milliseconds until 100 total pulses are received. If 100 pulses are not received in a 40 millisecond time span, no ratio calculation is performed, and the pulse counter is checked after the next 40 milliseconds. 3. The Blend Controller board tells the Expanded Computer board how many pulses came from each pulser. Once 100 total pulses are received and the blend ratio is not programmed for 100% of product 1 or product 2, the Blend Controller board checks to see: • if in the 100 pulses, at least one pulse was received from each of the 2 pulsers (this is referred to as 100 valid pulses), then the blend ratio is checked and the counter is reset. • if all 100 pulses were received from one pulser (this is referred to as 100 invalid pulses), the sale is stopped and an error is displayed. If the blend ratio is programmed for 100% of either product, the Blend Controller board checks to see: • if 100 pulses were received from two pulsers (this is referred to as 100 invalid pulses), the sale is stopped and an error is displayed. 4. If the calculated blend ratio does not match the programmed blend ratio, the Expanded Computer board determines a solenoid control adjustment to maintain an accuracy of 1/2% of the programmed blend ratio: • for the first 1/2 gallon of flow, the blend ratio checking is performed, but no errors are displayed if they occur • by the end of the first 1/2 gallon of flow, a 20% blend ratio accuracy must be obtained or flow is stopped • from 1/2 gallon to 2 gallons, the system's accuracy must remain within 20% of its blend ratio or blend errors are displayed and product flow is stopped • after 2 gallons the blend ratio error checking requires 3% or better blend accuracy or errors are displayed and product flow is stopped Electronic Blend Valve Operational Sequence continued on next page... Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 May 2000 Tokheim Corporation 1-27 Introduction Electronic Blend Valve Operational Sequence (continued) The Blender Valve Power Supply Assembly provides +24 vdc to the Blend Valve Interface Board to operate the blend control solenoids. 5. To keep the blend accuracy within the required tolerances, the solenoids are cycled by varying the duration and frequency rate of the +24 VDC solenoid control pulses. In a 60:40 blend, the 60% product is designated as the primary product (i.e. the larger of the two products). 6. The inlet solenoid of the primary product stays open all the time while the secondary product valve's solenoid provides the mixing. If line pressure differentials occur, such as submerged pump pressure variations or restricted filters, and the system is unable to bring the blend ratio to within the required tolerances by varying the duration and frequency of the solenoids, the blending process is reversed. The inlet solenoid of the secondary product stays open all the time and the primary product valve's solenoid provides the mixing. 7. If 3% blend accuracy is not achieved after 2 gallons, or the blend ratio exceeds the 3% accuracy tolerance anytime during the sale, the system allows an additional .50 gallons (500 pulses) to be dispensed to bring the accuracy to within 3%. During this time the solenoid positions are varied to bring the blend ratio back into the 3% acceptable tolerance. 8. If the calculation determines that the ratio has been brought back into tolerance: • the error counter is reset • the corrected solenoid valve(s) positions are maintained • the pulse counter is reset and another 40 millisecond count sequence begins 9. If the blend ratio is not brought back within tolerance, a blend error is displayed and product flow stops. Although the system does not display an error unless the blend ratio goes outside of the 3% range, the system works to maintain accuracy of 1/2 %. If the calculation determines that the blend ratio error is greater than 1/2 %, the solenoid valve(s) are adjusted. The solenoid valves involved are determined by the primary and secondary product ratio and the direction that the blend ratio is out of tolerance. The amount of valve adjustment depends on how far the blend ratio accuracy is out of tolerance. Tokheim Corporation 1-28 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 May 2000 Introduction System Overview PREMIER DISPENSER ELECTRONICS DPT MODEL 69 DPT INTERFACE BOX The TED (Tokheim Encryption Device) box is only used when your dispenser includes standard DPT with TDS controller boards. See Section 7 for more information on the TED box. TEDBOX (SEE NOTE) MODEL 67 DISPENSER INTERFACE BOX DHC OR VXDHC SITE CONTROLLER Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 May 2000 Tokheim Corporation 1-29 Introduction Tokheim Corporation 1-30 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 May 2000 Accessing Electrical Components Section 2: Accessing Electrical Components ! WARNING All installations must conform to NFPA (National Fire Protection Agency) 30, 30A, 70 and applicable National, State, and Local code requirements. Otherwise, severe injury or death could result. Scope This section includes information for identifying side A, disconnecting power to the dispenser, and gaining access to electrical components. Section 2 Contents Dispenser Orientation (Premier B & C) .......................................... 2-2 Premier B Components Electronics Enclosure Components ............................................... 2-4 Accessing the Card Cage .............................................................. 2-6 Accessing the Card Cage Circuit Boards ....................................... 2-8 Accessing the DPT Controller Boards ........................................... 2-9 Accessing MaxVac Vapor Recovery Components ....................... 2-10 Accessing the Connection Box ..................................................... 2-11 Premier C Components Electronics Enclosure Components Premier C with Standard DPT and Cash Acceptor Options ... 2-12 Premier C with INSIGHT DTP & TDS Options ...................... 2-14 Accessing Hardware on Premier C .............................................. 2-16 Accessing the Card Cage ............................................................ 2-17 Accessing the Card Cage Circuit Boards ..................................... 2-17 Accessing the DPT Controller Boards ......................................... 2-18 Accessing MaxVac Vapor Recovery Components ....................... 2-19 Accessing the Connection Box .................................................... 2-20 ! DANGER V Gasoline and petroleum products are flammable. The hazard or unsafe practice may result in death or severe injury to persons or damage to equipment or property. Follow ALL safety precautions as outlined in the Safety Information section at the front of this manual. Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 Tokheim Corporation 2-1 Accessing Electrical Components Dispenser Orientation (Premier B & C) Determining Side A on the Dispenser 1. 2. Look at the base of the dispenser. The side with the model/serial number plate is Side A of the dispenser. SIDE A Never use the location of a specific product on the dispenser to determine Side A. Use the serial plate as the reference. Model/Serial plate location Tokheim Corporation 2-2 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 Accessing Electrical Components Dispenser Orientation (continued) Determining Product Number Assignments (Premier B & C) Examples of product number orientation on selected models are shown below. Side B product (assignment) numbers for a model H422 can be programmed in ascending or descending order. The assigned numbers are used by the console to identify the hose or product. For more information, reference manager Mode F28 in section 4. TYPICAL H413, H426 P1 P1 TYPICAL H411, H422 PRODUCT NUMBERS - SIDE B P2 P3 P3 P2 P3 P1 PRODUCT NUMBERS - SIDE A In this example, side B product assignments are programmed to mirror side A product assignments. Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 PRODUCT NUMBERS - SIDE B P2 P1 P2 P3 PRODUCT NUMBERS - SIDE A In this example, side B product assignments are programmed to match side A's product assignments (transverse). Tokheim Corporation 2-3 Accessing Electrical Components Electronics Enclosure Components (Premier B) Premier B with standard DPT and Cash Acceptor Options 7 P 5 P 11 P 13 P 3 P 4 P 10 P 1 P 12 P 2 P 8 P 9 P 14 P 8 P 9 P 8 P 9 P 6 P 8 CASH PRICE PER UNIT VOLUME DISPLAY 1 OPERATOR INTERFACE KEYPAD P P 9 CREDIT PRICE PER UNIT VOLUME DISPLAY** 2 CUSTOMER PROMPTS DISPLAY AREA* P P 10 ACCESS PANEL TO CASH ACCEPTOR CASSETTE 3 MONEY DISPLAY P P 11 DPT PRINTER PANEL 4 P P VOLUME DISPLAY 12 RECEIPT SLOT** 5 MAGNETIC KEYSWITCH AREA P P 6 13 CASH ACCEPTOR** PRODUCT SELECTION KEYPAD AREA P P 14 7 P CARD READER** P DPT DISPLAY ** *DISPLAYED ON NON-DPT ONLY **THESE ITEMS ARE OPTIONAL Keypads Operator Interface (optional on the 411/422) • • • • used for data entry, starting and stopping the dispenser, and manager mode programming. will contain MOP (Method Of Payment) selection keys if dual-MOPs are utilized. may contain keys to operate a DPT if one is installed. will require programming (via Mode 29) at initial power up Product Selection (provided on single-hose Premier dispensers and dispensers with Debit DPT, if applicable) • Tokheim Corporation 2-4 this keypad is used for product selection, entering manager mode if Debit DPT is present, and programmed as a Start key if a Debit DPT is present. Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 Accessing Electrical Components Electronics Enclosure Components (Premier B) Premier B with INSIGHT™ DPT & TDS Options 2 P 7 P 2 P 1 P 6 5 4 3 2 12 11 10 9 8 18 17 16 15 14 24 23 22 21 20 1 13 P P 4 5 P 6 3 P 1 GRAPHIC DISPLAY* P 2 SOFTKEYS KEYPAD* P 3 CARDREADER* P 4 CASH ACCEPTOR* P 5 PRINTER (STANDARD OR GRAPHIC*) P 6 REMOTE KEYPAD (TDS, TDS PLUS, AND FLEET ONLY)* P 7 DEBIT DISPLAY (TDS PLUS ONLY)* P *THESE ITEMS ARE OPTIONAL Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Tokheim Corporation 2-5 Accessing Electrical Components Accessing the Card Cage on Premier B (All models except H300B Series Dispensers) ! WARNING Hazard of electrical shock. Remove ALL electrical power to the dispenser, lights, electronics, and communications. More than one disconnect switch may be required to remove power. From side A: (Refer to illustration on next page) 1. Unlock the access panel (rightmost panel) and remove it. 2. At the upper left corner of this opening, push the slide left to release the Display Dialface (not shown), while pushing in on the Display Dialface. 3. Pull and raise the Display Dialface. If a product selection keypad exists on the Display Dialface, hold onto the Dialface while disconnecting the harnesses from the display board at J3 & J7. 4. Set the Display Dialface in a safe location. 5. On the display board assembly, rotate the top corner fasteners 1/4 turn counter-clockwise and gently lower the display. Accessing the Card Cage on Premier B ( H300B Series only) From side A: (Refer to illustration on next page) 1. Unlock and remove the applicable dial on your dispenser. Follow the instructions below. Printer - Unlock Printer. Tilt top of Printer toward you and disconnect printer harness. Lift Printer Assembly up and out. Place in a safe location. Go to step 2.2. Keypad Dial Assembly - Unlock Keypad Dial Assembly. Tilt toward you and disconnect the keypad harness. Lift Dial up and out. Place in a safe location. Go to step 2.3. Blank Dial Assembly - Unlock Blank Dial Assembly. Remove and discard blank dial. A new Keypad Dial Assembly will be installed in its place in a later step. Go to step 2.3 2. At the upper right corner of the printer opening, pull the slide latch to the left to release the DPT Dial Assembly (while pushing in on the top of the dial assembly). Tilt the DPT Dial Assembly toward you and let it rest in the forward hinged position. 3. At the upper right corner of this opening, pull the slide latch to the left to release the Display Dialface (not shown), while pushing in on the Display Dialface. 4. Lift the Display Dialface up and out. If a product selection keypad is installed on the dispenser, hold the Display Dialface while disconnecting the 2 harnesses from the display board at J3 & J7. 5. Carefully place the Display Dialface in a safe location. 6. On the display board assembly, rotate the top corner fasteners 1/4 turn counter-clockwise and gently lower the display. Tokheim Corporation 2-6 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 Accessing Electrical Components Accessing the Card Cage on Premier B (continued) BLANK DIAL ASSEMBLY Your dispenser may have a Keypad Dial Assembly or Blank Dial Assembly instead of a DPT Dial and Printer. DISPLAY BOARD KEYPAD DIAL ASSEMBLY J3 J7 [Printer][ DPT Dial ][ Display Dialface ] [ Access Panel ] CARD CAGE SERIAL PLATE LOCATION (WHEN LOOKING AT SIDE A) Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 Tokheim Corporation 2-7 Accessing Electrical Components Accessing the Card Cage Circuit Boards (Premier B) ! WARNING! Turn off the power switch and push the Interface board Control Button before removing any boards! To gain access to the circuit boards, remove and save the two screws and retainer bracket shown below. Carefully remove the circuit boards using the nylon card ejectors on the front corners of each board. Power Switch Retainer Screws Retainer Bracket Control Button Accessing Options CASH ACCEPTOR CASH ACCEPTOR CASSETTE DPT PRINTER DPT CONTROLLER BOARD PREMIER B DISPENSER ELECTRONICS ENCLOSURE DPT PANEL OR NON-DPT PANEL (USED WHEN NO DPT IS PRESENT) For access to the DPT Printer, Cash Acceptor and Cassette, see Section 7 For access to the INSIGHT™ DPT and Graphic Printer, see Section 8. Tokheim Corporation 2-8 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 Accessing Electrical Components Accessing the DPT Controller Boards (Premier B ) Standard DPT and INSIGHT DPT Controller Boards 1. The card cage must be accessed first, refer to page 2-6 for instructions. 2. Look at the top and bottom of the left side of the card cage opening. Locate the “slide” fasteners just like the one used to access the card cage area. Note the following model differences: • 30" Premier has only the top slide fastener • 45" Premier has both top and bottom slide fasteners 3. Referring to the diagram below, m Top slide fastener moves left to disengage n Bottom slide fastener moves right to disengage Gently pull the DPT dial section out towards you until the DPT controller board is accessible. BE CAREFUL! This assembly will fall out if pulled too far! (10" maximum) 4. If side B access is desired, repeat all steps for side B. Gently pull the DPT dial section out towards you until the DPT board is accessible — BE CAREFUL! — This assembly will fall out if pulled too far! (10" max.) m n SERIAL PLATE LOCATION (side A) Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 Tokheim Corporation 2-9 Accessing Electrical Components Accessing MaxVac Vapor Recovery System Components (Premier B) See section 9 for detailed information on the MaxVac Vapor Recovery System. Unlock and Remove the Access Panel on: • Side A to access the MaxVac Motor Control board • Side B to access the MaxVac Power Supply board ACCESS PANEL SIDE A MAXVAC POWER SUPPLY BOARD IS ACCESSED FROM SIDE B (MOUNTED TO A SUPPORT BRACKET) Tokheim Corporation 2-10 MAXVAC MOTOR CONTROL BOARD IS ACCESSED FROM SIDE A (MOUNTED TO A SUPPORT BRACKET). Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 Accessing Electrical Components Accessing the Connection Box (Premier B) ! The connection box is located behind the lower door on Side B of the dispenser (for models 412, 414, 424 & 428, the connection box is on Side A). Side B does NOT have the serial plate attached to it. Unlock the keylock at each end of the lower door to gain access to the connection box. WARNING Hazard of electrical shock. More than one disconnect switch may be required to de-energize the device. Open the circuit before removing cover. Keep cover secured when power is applied. KEYLOCKS 1234567890123456789012345678901212345 1234567890123456789012345678901212345 1234567890123456789012345678901212345 1234567890123456789012345678901212345 1234567890123456789012345678901212345 1234567890123456789012345678901212345 1234567890123456789012345678901212345 1234567890123456789012345678901212345 1234567890123456789012345678901212345 1234567890123456789012345678901212345 1234567890123456789012345678901212345 1234567890123456789012345678901212345 1234567890123456789012345678901212345 1234567890123456789012345678901212345 1234567890123456789012345678901212345 1234567890123456789012345678901212345 1234567890123456789012345678901212345 1234567890123456789012345678901212345 1234567890123456789012345678901212345 1234567890123456789012345678901212345 1234567890123456789012345678901212345 1234567890123456789012345678901212345 1234567890123456789012345678901212345 1234567890123456789012345678901212345 1234567890123456789012345678901212345 1234567890123456789012345678901212345 1234567890123456789012345678901212345 1234567890123456789012345678901212345 1234567890123456789012345678901212345 1234567890123456789012345678901212345 1234567890123456789012345678901212345 1234567890123456789012345678901212345 1234567890123456789012345678901212345 1234567890123456789012345678901212345 1234567890123456789012345678901212345 1234567890123456789012345678901212345 1234567890123456789012345678901212345 1234567890123456789012345678901212345 1234567890123456789012345678901212345 1234567890123456789012345678901212345 1234567890123456789012345678901212345 1234567890123456789012345678901212345 1234567890123456789012345678901212345 1234567890123456789012345678901212345 1234567890123456789012345678901212345 1234567890123456789012345678901212345 1234567890123456789012345678901212345 1234567890123456789012345678901212345 1234567890123456789012345678901212345 1234567890123456789012345678901212345 1234567890123456789012345678901212345 1234567890123456789012345678901212345 1234567890123456789012345678901212345 1234567890123456789012345678901212345 1234567890123456789012345678901212345 1234567890123456789012345678901212345 1234567890123456789012345678901212345 1234567890123456789012345678901212345 1234567890123456789012345678901212345 1234567890123456789012345678901212345 1234567890123456789012345678901212345 1234567890123456789012345678901212345 1234567890123456789012345678901212345 1234567890123456789012345678901212345 1234567890123456789012345678901212345 1234567890123456789012345678901212345 1234567890123456789012345678901212345 1234567890123456789012345678901212345 1234567890123456789012345678901212345 1234567890123456789012345678901212345 1234567890123456789012345678901212345 1234567890123456789012345678901212345 1234567890123456789012345678901212345 1234567890123456789012345678901212345 1234567890123456789012345678901212345 1234567890123456789012345678901212345 1234567890123456789012345678901212345 1234567890123456789012345678901212345 1234567890123456789012345678901212345 1 TERMINAL BLOCK SIGNALS See section 4 for information on intercom speaker wiring. 1 +485 DPT A COMM 2 +485 DPT B COMM 3 -485 DPT A COMM 4 -485 DPT B COMM 5 DCC DPT A COMM 6 DCC DPT B COMM TTC 1 TTD 2 DCC 3 NO CONNECTION 4 MOTOR CONTROL 1 5 MOTOR CONTROL 2 6 MOTOR CONTROL 3 7 MOTOR CONTROL 4 8 UDC ACH 9 UDC ACC 10 DISP LIGHTS ACH 11 DISP LIGHTS ACC 12 VALANCE LIGHTS ACH 13 VALANCE LIGHTS ACC 14 SPARE ACH 15 SPARE ACC 16 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 9 1 3 6 1 6 10 7 4 5 16 8 2 CONNECTION BOX ! WARNING When replacing the connection box cover, tighten the cover bolts using the tightening order shown. An incorrect tightening order may result in a flame path violation. Tokheim Corporation 2-11 Accessing Electrical Components Electronics Enclosure Components (Premier C) Premier C with Standard DPT and Cash Acceptor Options m Primary Access Door This door provides access to the dual-head cardreader, printer, cash acceptor cassette and intrinsically safe barrier board. The lock requires a TPX-88 key. Open this door first to gain access to the other door(s) on this side of the electronics enclosure. A release latch for the next door is located on the right side of the door opening. Receipt Slot for DPT Printer* Dual Head Cardreader* Money/Volume Display (two 6-digit displays) • • In operating mode, they display total sale currency and total sale in gallons or liters, respectively. In manager mode, they display programming information. * These components are optional. Tokheim Corporation 2-12 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 Accessing Electrical Components Electronics Enclosure Components (Premier C) Price Per Unit Volume Displays (4-digit displays) • • • One PPUV display per product and price. Each PPUV display has an arrowhead that is turned on when that product and price is selected. Dual-price dispensers have two PPUV displays per product. Single-price dispensers have one PPUV display per product and is located in the top PPUV position. The bottom PPUV is covered. Product Selection Keypad (1 x 5) This keypad is provided on single-hose dispensers and dispensers with Debit DPT. This keypad is used for: • Product selection (no DPT or non-debit DPT installed) • Manager mode programming if Debit DPT is installed • Start key if Debit DPT is installed DPT Display* (Standard, 4-line x 20-character display) Used with the standard DPT keypad to display customer instructions. Operator Interface Keypad (4 x 6)* • • • • Used for manager mode programming and starting and stopping the dispenser. Not used for manager mode programming if Debit DPT components are installed. Provides preset input if presets are enabled. Includes MOP (Method Of Payment) selection buttons if dual-MOPs are utilized. May include buttons to operate a DPT. Keyswitch Area The location where the manager or arming key is placed to enter or exit manager's mode and to arm or disarm a dispenser. Cash Acceptor* * These components are optional. Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 Tokheim Corporation 2-13 Accessing Electrical Components Electronics Enclosure Components (Premier C) Premier C with INSIGHT™ DPT & TDS Options Primary Access Door This door provides access to the dual-head cardreader, printer (standard or graphic), cash acceptor cassette and intrinsically safe barrier board. The lock requires a TPX-88 key. Open this door first to gain access to the other door(s) on this side of the electronics enclosure. A release latch for the next door is located on the right side of the door opening. Receipt Slot for DPT (standard or graphic) Printer * INSIGHT Debit Display (4-lines x 20-characters)* Used with the Debit DPT keypad. Displays customer instructions for debit transactions. Remote Keypad (TDS, TDS Plus, and Fleet only)* Dual Head Cardreader* * These components are optional. Tokheim Corporation 2-14 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 Accessing Electrical Components Electronics Enclosure Components (Premier C) Money/Volume Display (two 6-digit displays) • • • Price Per Unit Volume Displays (4-digit displays) • • • In operating mode, they display total sale currency and total sale in gallons or liters, respectively. In manager mode, they display programming information. The shaded rectangle (for illustration purposes only) to the right of the money/volume display is the area where the manager or arming key is placed to enter/exit manager's mode or to arm or disarm a dispenser. One PPUV display per product and price. Each PPUV display has an arrowhead that is turned on when that product and price is selected. Dual-price dispensers have two PPUV displays per product. Single-price dispensers have one PPUV display per product and is located in the top PPUV position. The bottom PPUV is covered. Product Selection Keypad (1 x 5) This keypad is provided on single-hose dispensers and dispensers with Debit DPT. This keypad is used for: • Product selection (no DPT or non-debit DPT installed) • Manager mode programming if Debit DPT is installed • Start key if Debit DPT is installed INSIGHT DPT Display & Operator Interface Keypad* (Graphic or 9-lines x 20-characters in text mode) Used with the standard INSIGHT DPT keypad. Displays customer instructions for card or cash transactions. • The softkeys located along the sides of the INSIGHT graphic display serve as the operator interface keypad. • Used for data entry, starting and stopping the dispenser, and manager mode programming (not used for manager mode programming if Debit DPT components installed). • Provides preset input if presets are enabled. • Includes MOP (Method Of Payment) selection keys if dualMOPs are utilized. Cash Acceptor* * These components are optional. Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 Tokheim Corporation 2-15 Accessing Electrical Components Accessing Hardware on Premier C Primary Access Door Lock: One lock per side of the dispenser head provides access to opening the other door(s). Printers are easily accessed for changing paper behind this primary access door. Primary Access Door Lock SIDE A Lower Door Locks ! CAUTION The lower door locks are a draw style lock that pull the door in when turned clockwise. Hand-tighten only to prevent key from breaking off in lock. Tokheim Corporation 2-16 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 Accessing Electrical Components ! WARNING Hazard of electrical shock. More than one disconnect switch may be required to remove power. Accessing the Card Cage on Premier C 1. Identify side A of the dispenser. It is the side with the serial plate. 2. Using a TPX88 key, unlock and open the left door of the electronics enclosure. 3. At the middle right edge of this door opening, release the latch that secures the middle door. 4. Open the middle door to expose the card cage. See the card cage illustration below. ! Accessing the Card Cage Circuit Boards WARNING! Turn off the power To gain access to the circuit boards, remove and save the two screws and switch and push the retainer bracket shown below. Carefully remove the circuit boards using the Interface board Control nylon card ejectors on the front corners of each board. Button before removing any boards! CARD CAGE ! CAUTION Static electricity can result in circuit board failure. Wear a grounded static strap to protect the components from static discharge. Connect the static strap clip to any sheet metal edge of the card cage in the electronics enclosure. AC Power Switch Screws for Circuit Board Retainer Bracket Circuit Board Retainer Bracket CPU Board Control Button on Interface Board J20 Battery Connection Options Power Supply Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 Tokheim Corporation 2-17 Accessing Electrical Components Accessing the DPT Controller Boards (Premier C ) Standard DPT and INSIGHT DPT Controller Boards On Side A: Unlock and open the primary access door. See sections 7 and 8 for detailed information on the DPT Controller Boards. On Side B: 1. Unlock and open the primary access door of the electronics enclosure using a TPX88 key. 2. At the middle right edge of this door opening, release the latch that secures the middle door. 3. Open the middle door and release the latch that secures the right access door. This step is for H400C series dispensers only. PRIMARY ACCESS DOOR SIDE A THE DPT CONTROLLER BOARDS ARE ACCESSED FROM THE PRIMARY ACCESS DOOR ON SIDE A OR FROM THE RIGHT ACCESS DOOR ON SIDE B Tokheim Corporation 2-18 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 Accessing Electrical Components Accessing MaxVac Vapor Recovery System Components (Premier C) See section 9 for detailed information on the MaxVac Vapor Recovery System. On Side A: 1. Unlock and open the primary access door of the electronics enclosure using a TPX88 key. 2. At the middle right edge of this door opening, release the latch that secures the middle door. 3. Open the middle door and release the latch that secures the right access door. This step is for H400C series dispensers only. On Side B: Unlock and open the primary access door. PRIMARY ACCESS DOOR SIDE A Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 THE MAXVAC MOTOR CONTROL BOARD(S) AND POWER SUPPLY ASSEMBLY ARE ACCESSED FROM THE RIGHT ACCESS DOOR ON SIDE A OR THE PRIMARY ACCESS DOOR ON SIDE B Tokheim Corporation 2-19 Accessing Electrical Components Accessing the Connection Box (Premier C) ! WARNING Hazard of electrical shock. More than one disconnect switch may be required to de-energize the device. Open the circuit before removing cover. Keep cover secured when power is applied. Locating the Connection Box The connection box is located on Side B of the dispenser, behind the lower door. Side B is the side that does not have the serial plate attached to the base of the dispenser. Unlock the lower door on side B of the dispenser to gain access to the connection box. Be sure to follow the tightening order shown below when replacing the cover to the connection box. Terminal Block Signals You may or may not require connections to all of the signals, depending on the type of dispenser and options installed. TERMINAL BLOCK SIGNALS 1 There are no connections to the terminal strip in the connection box for Intercom/Speaker wiring or Spandrel wiring. Intercom/ speaker field wires will be joined together with the dispenser intercom/speaker wires in the dispenser connection box. SIDE B ! TTC 2 TTD 3 CONSOLE DCC 4 + 485 DPT 5 - 485 DPT 6 DCC DPT 7 NO CONNECTION 8 NO CONNECTION 9 ACH UDC 10 ACC UDC 11 ACH LIGHTS 12 ACC LIGHTS 13 ACH SPARE 14 ACC SPARE 15 ACH MOTOR CONTROL 1 16 ACH MOTOR CONTROL 2 17 ACH MOTOR CONTROL 3 18 ACH MOTOR CONTROL 4 TIGHTENING ORDER FOR COVER BOLTS WARNING When replacing the connection box cover, tighten the cover bolts using the tightening order shown. An incorrect tightening order may result in a flame path violation. 11 Tokheim Corporation 2-20 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 2 13 4 1 6 TERMINAL BLOCK 8 10 18 14 9 7 5 3 1 12 System Circuit Boards Section 3: System Circuit Boards SCOPE ! This section provides information for identifying the circuit boards used in CAUTION Premier B and C series dispensers. Each circuit board is described as to Static electricity can features, functions, connectors, and test points as applicable. result in circuit board For MaxVac system circuits boards, see Section 9. failure. Wear a For DPT circuit boards, see Sections 7 and 8. grounded static strap to protect the components from Section 3 Contents static discharge. Common Circuit Boards for Premier B and C Connect the static strap clip to any sheet Circuit Board Orientation ............................................................... 3-2 metal edge of the card Mother Board ................................................................................ 3-3 cage in the electronics Interface Board .............................................................................. 3-6 enclosure. Expanded Computer Board ........................................................... 3-8 Multiplex Board ............................................................................ 3-10 Relay Board .................................................................................. 3-11 AC Distribution Board .................................................................. 3-12 AC Distribution Wiring Schematic ................................................ 3-16 Blend Control Board .................................................................... 3-17 Valve Interface Board .................................................................. 3-18 Options Power Supply ................................................................. 3-19 Circuit Boards for Premier B Only LED Board ................................................................................... 3-21 Display Board .............................................................................. 3-22 Circuit Boards for Premier C Only Display Board .............................................................................. 3-25 Intrinsically Safe Barrier (ISB) Assembly ..................................... 3-27 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Tokheim Corporation 3-1 System Circuit Boards Circuit Board Orientation (Premier B & C) Non-Blend Dispensers POWER SWITCH UDCB TRANSFORMER EXPANDED COMPUTER BD. HEATING ELEMENT INTERFACE BD. FAN ASSEMBLY MOTHER BD. RELAY BD. #2 Circuit board names with dotted lines around them indicate that different boards are used for a blender dispenser. RELAY BD. #1 OPTIONS POWER SUPPLY (FOR BLENDERS AND DPT) BATTERY PACK DPT TRANSFORMER MULTIPLEX BD. Blend Dispensers EXPANDED COMPUTER BD. POWER SWITCH UDCB TRANSFORMER HEATING ELEMENT FAN ASSEMBLY INTERFACE BD. MOTHER BD. VALVE INTERFACE BD. Circuit board names with dotted lines around them indicate that different boards are used for a nonblend dispenser. RELAY BD. #1 OPTIONS POWER SUPPLY (FOR BLENDERS AND DPT) BATTERY PACK DPT TRANSFORMER BLEND CONTROL BD. Tokheim Corporation 3-2 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 System Circuit Boards Mother Board - 420935 (Premier B & C) • • • All connectors are locking type and are polarized Contains the circuit breaker for the battery Contains the circuitry for the intercom’s push-button, and for DPT detection CHASSIS GROUND PAD (REV. 5 BOARDS ) CHASSIS GROUND PAD REV. 4 OR PRIOR BOARDS DISPLAY A PROD 3 RELAY #1 RELAY #2 / VALVE INTERFACE PROD 4 MULTIPLEX / BLEND CONTROL PROD 4 CPU PROD 2 PROD 3 INTERFACE PROD 1 REV. 5 BOARDS J2 PROD 2 PROD 1 MOTOR CONTROL DISPLAY B Connectors of the Mother Board J1 - Transformer Input J16 - DPT 1 Communication J2 - Valve AC Input J17 - DPT 2 Communication J3 - Product 1 (Handle & Pulser) J18 - Options (RS485) J4 - Product 3 (Handle & Pulser) J19 - Console Communication J5 - Interface Bd. J20 - Battery J6 - Computer Bd. J21 - Product 1 Valve Control J7 - Multiplex / Blend Control Bd. J22 - Display Board, Side A J8 - Relay #2 / Valve Interface Bd. J23 - Display Board, Side B J9 - Relay #1 Bd. J24 - Interface Bd. J10 - Product 4 Valve Control J25 - Computer Bd. J11 - Product 2 (Handle & Pulser) J26 - Multiplex / Blend Control Bd. J12 - Product 4 (Handle & Pulser) J27 - Relay #2 / Valve Interface Bd. J13 - Multiplex / Blend Control Bd. J28 - Relay #1 Bd. J14 - Product 3 Valve Control J29 - Motor Control J15 - Product 2 Valve Control J30 - Intercom Button (see pages 3-5 and 4-4 CB1 - Battery Circuit Breaker Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 for additional information) Tokheim Corporation 3-3 System Circuit Boards Mother Board - 420935 (continued) J1 Transformer Input Connector This list of connector functions excludes the Mother Board edge connectors. 1 Transformer secondary 2 Transformer secondary Voltage = 8.5 – 14 VAC between pins 1 and 2 J2 Valve AC Input Connector 1 AC hot 2 AC common Voltage = 102 – 132 VAC between pins 1 and 2 for 110 volt operation Voltage = 204 – 264 VAC between pins 1 and 2 for 220 volt operation J3, J4, J11, J12 Products (respectively) 1, 3, 2, and 4 Pulser/Handle Connector All of the ground signals (9 – 12) are tied to the same ground on the PC board. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Handle signal for side A of the product Phase 0 , side A pulser for the product Phase 90, side A pulser for the product Side A pulser voltage (4.75 – 5.25 VDC) Handle signal for side B of the product Phase 0, side B pulser for the product Phase 90, side B pulser for the product Side B pulser voltage (4.75 – 5.25 VDC) Ground signal for side A Handle circuit Ground signal for side A Pulser circuit Ground signal for side B Handle circuit Ground signal for side B Pulser circuit J10, J14, J15, J21 Products 4, 3, 2, and 1 Valve Control Connectors (120 or 220 VAC) 1 Side A slow flow valve control 2 Side A full flow valve control 3 AC common for side A valves 4 Side B slow flow valve control 5 Side B full flow valve control 6 AC common for side B valves All valve signals for side A and side B are on the same connector. Valve controls can be exchanged with other products to aid troubleshooting. J29 Motor Control Connector (120 or 220 VAC) 1 AC hot for motor 1 2 AC hot for motor 2 3 AC hot for motor 3 4 AC hot for motor 4 These signals energize a 120/220 VAC motor contactor coil circuit with a maximum current of .5 Amperes J16, J17 DPT1, DPT2 Communications Connectors 1 2 3 4 5 6 Tokheim Corporation 3-4 Not used Not used RS485 communication (positive side) RS485 communication (negative side) System DCC System DCC Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 System Circuit Boards Mother Board - 420935 (continued) J18 Options RS485 Communication Connector 1 2 3 RS485 communication (negative side) System DCC RS485 communication (positive side) J19 Console Communications Connector 1 Talk to dispenser signal (TTD) 2 System DCC 3 Talk to console signal (TTC) To troubleshoot, disconnect J19. The TTD signal should measure 10.8 – 13.2 VDC. If the TTC signal is grounded, LED 1 (yellow) on the Interface board will light. J20 Battery Pack Connector 1 2 Positive battery voltage (8.5 – 10.5 VDC) System DCC J22, J23 Display Board Side A and Side B Connectors 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 Keypad matrix, row 1 for side A, row 5 for side B Keypad matrix, row 2 for side A, row 6 for side B Keypad matrix, row 3 for side A, row 7 for side B Keypad matrix, row 4 for side A, row 8 for side B Keypad matrix, column 1 Keypad matrix, column 2 Keypad matrix, column 3 Keypad matrix, column 4 Keypad matrix, column 5 Keypad matrix, column 6 Keypad matrix, column 7 Keypad matrix, column 8 Serial display data Display clock signal Load data signal for the display on the appropriate side No Connection +12 VDC to display board 5 volt regulator (10.8 – 13.2 VDC) +12 VDC to display board 5 volt regulator (10.8 – 13.2 VDC) System DCC System DCC J30 Intercom Button Output 1 Common terminal of “call switch” 2 Normally closed side of “call switch” 3 Normally open side of “call switch” This connector is used to connect the Intercom push button circuit in the junction box. Exact wiring to the intercom varies by manufacturer. Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 Tokheim Corporation 3-5 System Circuit Boards Interface Board - 421087 (Premier B & C) • • • • • • Pulser filtering circuit Pulser connect sensing circuit Power Supply Battery charging and testing circuit AC Power detect circuitry External interfaces - TTC/TTD (Tokheim serial interface) - RS-485 serial interface (DPT) - Display data signals (data, clock, load) TP2 - 14 PIN TEST POINT HEADER SW1 - START UP / DISPENSER POWER DOWN SWITCH (ALSO CALLED THE CONTROL BUTTON) TP1 - SYSTEM GROUND PIN #14 PIN #1 JU1 - BATTERY CHARGER SET POINT JUMPER R13 - BATTERY CHARGER SET POINT ADJUST RESISTOR LED’S 1-4 LED1 - TALK TO CONSOLE (TTC) LED2 - TALK TO DISPENSER (TTD) LED3 - RS-485 (RXD) LED4 - RS-485 (TXD) J1 - CONNECTS TO MOTHER BOARD J5 Tokheim Corporation 3-6 J2 - CONNECTS TO MOTHER BOARD J24 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 System Circuit Boards Interface Board - 421087 (continued) TP2 TP2 Test Point Header Signals Pin # TP2 Test Point Header Signals Pin # Signal Present Signal Present 1 DCC (DC Common) 8 +5 VDC (pulser) Acceptable range: 4.75 - 5.25 VDC 2 Factory Use Only 9 +VDC1 (rectified & filtered) Acceptable range: 8.5 - 15 VDC 3 +V BAT (Battery voltage) range: 8 - 11 VDC 10 TXD RS-485 transmit data signal (TTL level) 4 +5 VDC (System voltage) range: 4.75 - 5.25 VDC 11 RXD RS-485 receive data signal (TTL level) 5 +12 VDC (Communication voltage) range: 10.8 - 13.2 VDC 12 TTC Talk To Console (Tokheim serial link) +12 VDC level 6 VBB (Battery backup voltage) range: 4.75 - 5.25 VDC 13 TTD Talk to Dispenser (Tokheim serial link) +12 VDC level 7 VREF (Pulser Op Amp circuit) range: 2.462 - 2.538 VDC 14 +8 VDC Multiplex bd. power, Acceptable range: 7 - 11 VDC LED Indicators Used for dispenser/console communications Used for DPT & options communications { LED 1 This yellow LED flashes on when communications are going to the console (TTC) LED 2 This green LED flashes on when communications are going to the dispenser (TTD) { LED3 This green LED flashes on when the Interface board is receiving internal RS-485 data (RXD) LED4 This red LED flashes on when the Interface board is transmitting internal RS-485 data (TXD) SW1 ! WARNING The dispenser may still have dangerous voltages inside! Shut off all circuit breakers to the dispenser! The Start Up / Battery Power Down Switch (Control Button) Switch SW1 is the start up switch for the Premier dispenser. All nozzles must be in their boots, and the dispenser must not be in manager mode. When pushed and held in at power up: • All software variables default values are initialized • Totals and prices are NOT cleared When pushed while operating on battery power, the dispenser electronics will power down. R13 The battery charge voltage must be checked anytime any of the following occurs: • Low battery indication • Battery replacement • Interface board replacement • Preventative maintenance Setting the Battery Charge Voltage 1. Disconnect the battery from mother board connector J20. 2. Put a two pin jumper across pins 1 and 2 of JU1. 3. Monitor TP2, pin 3 (VBAT) and adjust R13 until TP2, pin 3 is 8.8VDC. 4. Remove the jumper from JU1. 5. Reconnect the battery pack connector to mother board connector J20. Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 Tokheim Corporation 3-7 System Circuit Boards Expanded Computer Board - 421124 (Premier B & C) The Expanded Computer (CPU) board processes and controls the majority of the dispenser functions. The operating program is stored in the EPROM (U5) on the board. • Four diagnostic LEDs • 14 pin edge mounted test points • 8K x 8 nonvolatile static RAM with internal battery TP1 14-PIN TEST POINT HEADER TP2 - DC COMMON DIAGNOSTIC LED 1, 2, 3, 4 PIN 1 U5 EPROM 1 2 34 5 6 7 8 SW1 - DIP SWITCH 1 Diagnostic LEDS: LED #1: Watchdog ON LED #2: Any motor ON LED #3: Any valve ON LED #4: AC Power present J1 - CONNECTS TO MOTHER BD. J6 J2 - CONNECTS TO MOTHER BD. J25 TP1 - Test Point 1 Pinouts PIN # DIP SWITCH POSITIONS OFF = 5 volts ON = 0 volts Tokheim Corporation 3-8 DESCRIPTION PIN # DESCRIPTION 1 DC Common 8 Dip Switch position #1 2 Not used at this time 9 Dip Switch position #2 3 +5 VDC 10 Dip Switch position #3 4 Future diagnostic #4 11 Dip Switch position #4 5 Future diagnostic #3 12 Dip Switch position #5 6 Future diagnostic #2 13 Dip Switch position #6 7 Future diagnostic #1 14 Dip Switch position #7 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 System Circuit Boards Expanded Computer Board - 421124 SW1 Setting the DIP Switch Dip Switch SW1 settings are used to configure the Expanded Computer Board to the dispenser. This switch is a rocker-type switch. Push down on the desired selection (on or off). The dispenser will not detect changes in SW1 settings until you do one of the following: • Enter manager mode 14 or higher • Power up the dispenser while pressing the control button on the Interface board • Lift handle #1 on side A only and power up the dispenser while pressing the control button on the Interface board (cold start power up routine) SWITCH STATUS DESCRIPTION ON Sales halt if the console communication is interrupted for more than 1/2 second. The console operator can resume the sale after the communication has been reestablishied. OFF Sales will not halt if console communication is interrupted. ON For use with VISION, MEMS IV, MEMS V, VX100, VXDHC, and model 83 DHC dispenser controllers. OFF For use with the MEMS II, and MEMS III consoles which only use 1 price per product. ON Unit of volume is GALLONS. OFF Unit of volume is LITERS. ON Blanking of first 0.009 gallons or 0.034 liters (hose dilation). OFF Calibration, no blanking. For blenders, this disables all pulser and blend control related errors. ON Simultaneous programming for dispenser sides A and B. OFF Independent programming for dispenser sides A and B. ON Dual phase pulser operation. OFF Single phase operation (phase 0 only). ON Ignores the console slow flow offset. Uses setting from mode F18. OFF Uses the console slow flow offset value, not more than 2.5 units. ON Not used. OFF Used for all Premier dispensers. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 Tokheim Corporation 3-9 System Circuit Boards Multiplex Board - 417333 (not used in blenders) Premier B & C • This is the same Multiplex board used in the TCSA series dispensers. • • Communicates the status of nozzle sensors to the Expanded CPU board Selects the proper pulsers, and outputs them to the Interface board Selects the proper valve and motor circuits to activate the relays on the Relay board TO MOTHER BD J7 TO MOTHER BD J13 K1 - PRODUCT 1, SIDE A PULSER K2 - PRODUCT 2, SIDE A PULSER K3 - PRODUCT 3, SIDE A PULSER K4 - PRODUCT 4, SIDE A PULSER K5 - NOT USED Tokheim Corporation 3-10 TO MOTHER BD J26 K6 - PRODUCT 1, SIDE B PULSER K7 - PRODUCT 2, SIDE B PULSER K8 - PRODUCT 3, SIDE B PULSER K9 - PRODUCT 4, SIDE B PULSER K10 - NOT USED Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 System Circuit Boards Relay Board - 421084 (Premier B & C) • Contains the solid state relays that control the 120 VAC (or 240 VAC) to the valves and motor control lines 8 VDC from the Interface board is the supply voltage used to power the solid state relays. The ON/OFF operation of the relays is controlled by the Multiplex board • Blenders only use Relay Board # 1. Up to two Relay boards can be used in Premier dispensers: • Board 1 for products 1 & 2 connects to J9 & J28 on the Mother board and is a fully-populated circuit board • Board 2 for product 3 (only) connects to J8 & J27 on the Mother board and is a half-populated circuit board • Board 2 for products 3 & 4 connects to J8 & J27 on the Mother board and is a fully-populated circuit board, identical to Board 1 • Blending dispensers use only Relay board # 1 Number of Products Number of Sides Boards Req'd Number of Products Number of Sides Boards Req'd 2 1 1 Full 3 2 1 Full, 1 Half 2 2 1 Full 4 1 2 Full 3 1 1 Full, 1 Half 4 2 2 Full This chart is for troubleshooting purposes only! It is not intended for component replacement. Solid State Relay # U2 Function Controlled* U2 Motor 1 or Motor 3 U3 Slow Flow Valve A1 or A3 U4 Full Flow Valve A1 or A3 U5 Slow Flow Valve B1 or B3 U6 Full Flow Valve B1 or B3 U8 Motor 2 or Motor 4 U9 Slow Flow Valve A2 or A4 U10 Full Flow Valve A2 or A4 U11 Slow Flow Valve B2 or B4 U12 Full Flow Valve B2 or B4 *Depending on which card cage slot the board is installed into U12 *CONNECTS TO J8 OR J9 ON MOTHER BD. Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 *CONNECTS TO J27 OR J28 ON MOTHER BD. Tokheim Corporation 3-11 System Circuit Boards AC Distribution Board - 420955 (Premier B & C) • • • Includes system thermostats for lights, electronics, and heater Circuit breaker protection for the electronics Located on the back side of the card cage AC Distribution Wiring Schematic available on page 3-16. TS2 - HEATER THERMOSTAT, OPENS @ 20°C (68°F) J2 - SURGE/SPIKE PROTECTION J4 - 220 VAC J3 - AC NOISE FILTER J5 - 120 VAC J1 - MAIN AC SWITCH TS1 - TRANSFORMER THERMOSTAT, OPENS @ 80°C (176°F) J7 - HEATER CB1 - CIRCUIT BREAKER (FOR THE ELECTRONICS ONLY) .2 AMP TS2 J6 - FAN J9 - RELAY POWER J8 - AC INPUT J14 - OPTION POWER SUPPLY TS3 - LIGHTS THERMOSTAT, OPENS @ 70°C (158°F) J10 - AC OPTION #1 (FILTERED) J11 - AC OPTION #2 (FILTERED) J12 - AC OPTION #3 (FILTERED) J13 - AC SPARE (UNFILTERED) J16 - MAIN LIGHTS (DISPLAY BD. BACKLIGHTS) J17 - DPT LIGHTS Connectors of the AC Distribution Board J1 To Main AC Switch 1 Switched side of ACH (hot) for the relays and motor control signals 2 Input side of ACH for the relays and motor control signals 3 Input side of ACH 4 Switched side of ACH Pins 1 & 2 are switched separately to keep voltage from other dispensers in the station from feeding back and keeping the dispenser powered up. This connector controls AC going to the relays, UDCB transformer, power supply, and AC Options #1, #2, and #3. Switch rating = 10A @ 120VAC, 5A @ 220 VAC. Tokheim Corporation 3-12 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 System Circuit Boards Connectors of the AC Distribution Board (continued) J2 Surge Protection Connector 1 & 3 ACC side of surge and spike protector 2 & 5 Earth ground for the surge and spike protector 4 & 6 ACH side of the surge and spike protector Spike protection for 120 VAC operation begins at 403 VAC. J3 AC Filter Connector 1 ACC input to filter from the surge protector 2, 5 Earth ground 3 Filtered ACC output 4 ACH input to filter from the surge protector 6 Filtered ACH output AC filter rating = 10A @ 120 VAC / 220 VAC J4 220 Volt Transformer Connector 1 No external connection, this is tied to pin 4 for 220 VAC operation 2 Filtered ACC to the transformer 3 Filtered ACH to the transformer 4 No external connection, this is tied to pin 1 for 220 VAC operation Thermostat TS1 shuts off power to the transformer above 80°C/176°F. J5 120 Volt Transformer Connector 1 & 3 Filtered ACC to the transformer 2 & 4 Filtered ACH to the transformer Both 120 VAC and 220 VAC dispensers use the same transformer. Thermostat TS1 shuts off power to the transformer above 80°C/176°F. J6 Fan Connector 1 ACH to the fan 2 ACC to the fan A different fan assembly is required for 220 VAC operation. J7 Heater Connector 1 ACH for the heater from TS2 thermostat 2 ACC for the heater The thermostat TS2 opens above 20°C/68°F shutting off power to the heater. Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Tokheim Corporation 3-13 System Circuit Boards Connectors of the AC Distribution Board (continued) J8 AC Input Connector 1 ACC for the dispenser 2 & 3 Earth ground 4 Spare ACC (unfiltered, no spike protection) 5 ACH for the dispenser 6 ACH for all dispenser lights 7 ACC for all dispenser lights 8 Spare ACH (unfiltered, no spike protection) Typically, the spare ACH and ACC are not connected in the connection box. J9 Relay Power Connector 1 ACH for valve and motor control 2 ACC for valve and motor control This power is switched by the main power switch to prevent other dispensers providing power feedback. J10, J11, J12 AC Option 1, AC Option 2, and AC Option 3 1 Filtered ACH for dispenser options 2 Filtered ACC for dispenser options 3 Earth ground for dispenser options Total maximum current draw for all three options is 5A @ 120 VAC. Thermostat TS1 will shut off power to these options above 80°C/176°F. J13 AC Spare Connector (currently used for Valance lights) 1 Unfiltered ACH for dispenser options 2 Unfiltered ACC for dispenser options 3 Earth ground for dispenser options Note that this is UNFILTERED AC power J14 Option Power Supply Connector 1 ACH to the cash acceptor 2 ACC to the cash acceptor 3 & 6 Earth ground 4 ACH to the DPT & Blender 5 ACC to the DPT & Blender Thermostat TS1 will shut off power to these options above 80°C/176°F. Tokheim Corporation 3-14 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 System Circuit Boards Connectors of the AC Distribution Board (continued) J15 Product Lights Connector (future option) 1 ACH for product ID lights on side A 2 ACC for product ID lights on side A 3 & 6 Earth ground 4 ACH for product ID lights on side B 5 ACC for product ID lights on side B Thermostat TS3 controls ACH to the lights. ACH is shut off when the dispenser head temperature rises above 70°C/158°F. A separate AC circuit for the lights (from the station to the dispenser) allows station lighting independent from dispenser lighting. A different ballast assembly is required for 220 VAC operation. J16 Main Lights Connector (Backlights for the Display board) 1 ACH for the main display lights on side A 2 ACC for the main display lights on side A 3 & 6 Earth ground 4 ACH for the main display lights on side B 5 ACC for the main display lights on side B Thermostat TS3 shuts off power to these lights above 70°C/158°F. A separate circuit for these lights provides an independent lighting scheme for the station. A different ballast assembly is required for 220 VAC operation. J17, J18 DPT Lights Connector, Valance Lights Connector (future option) 1 ACH for the DPT lights or valance lights on side A 2 ACC for the DPT lights or valance lights on side A 3 & 6 Earth ground 4 ACH for the DPT lights or valance lights on side B 5 ACC for the DPT lights or valance lights on side B Thermostat TS3 shuts off power to these lights above 70°C/158°F. A separate circuit for these lights provides an independent lighting scheme for the station. A different ballast assembly is required for 220 VAC operation. Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Tokheim Corporation 3-15 System Circuit Boards AC Distribution Wiriring Schematic (Premier B & C) Tokheim Corporation 3-16 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 System Circuit Boards Blend Control Board - 421574 (Premier B & C) • • • • • • • • Used only in Blend dispensers Calculates blending ratio Receives pulser and handle signals Monitors for pulser disconnect Controls motors, blending valves, and dual-flow valves Receives commands from and reports status to the master processor on the Expanded Computer Board Supplies Motor Control for MaxVac system 421186 (for non MaxVac) J4 MaxVac Interface Connector (MaxVac is optional) 1 2 3 4 5 Pulser 1A Pulser 2A No Connection Pulser 1B Pulser 2B 6 7 8 9 10 No Connection Error Side A Error side B +5 VDC DCC J4 TO MOTHER BD J7 TO MOTHER BD J13 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 TO MOTHER BD J26 Tokheim Corporation 3-17 System Circuit Boards Valve Interface Board - 421284 (Premier B & C) • • • • • Used only in Blend dispensers controls ASCO blending valve solenoids contains motor control signals polarized and locking connectors optically isolated from system J1 J3 J5 J7 J9 J11 J3 1 2 3 4 DC signals +24 VDC valve power Outlet valve 1A Outlet valve 2A Outlet valve 1B Outlet valve 2B VALVE POWER (FROM OPTIONS P.S.) +24V 1A 5 +24V 1B GND 1A 6 GND 1B +24V 2A 7 +24V 2B GND 2A 8 GND 2B CONNECTS TO MOTHER BD J8 Tokheim Corporation 3-18 J2 J4 J6 J8 J10 AC signals Inlet valve 1A Inlet valve 2A Inlet valve 1B Inlet valve 2B VALVE SIGNALS FOR J4 THRU J11 1 GROUND SIDE OF VALVE CONTROL 2 +24V SIDE OF VALVE CONTROL 3&4 NO CONNECTION CONNECTS TO MOTHER BD J27 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 System Circuit Boards Options Power Supply (Premier B & C) Assembly 319407-8, PC Board 420949 • • • • Used only with a DPT, Blender, or Cash Acceptor The Options Power Supply is required if a DPT, Blender, or Cash Acceptor is installed. The power supply is located to the right of the cardcage on side A. Turn power on and off to DPTs using the power switches. CIRCUIT BREAKERS BLENDERS ONLY BLENDER POWER OUTPUT CONNECTOR (TO THE VALVE INTERFACE BOARD) POWER SWITCHES DPT SIDE A DPT SIDE B 24V SIDE A 24V SIDE B 8V SIDES A & B CASH ACCEPTOR SIDES A & B LED'S 24V SIDE A, 24V SIDE B 8V, 24V OPTIONS POWER SUPPLY ASSEMBLY CONNECTOR IDENTIFICATION J1 J2 J3 J4 J5 J6 J7 J8 8V, 24V LED "ON" INDICATES THAT THE DESCRIBED POWER LEVEL IS ACTIVE OPTIONS POWER SUPPLY PC BOARD BLENDER POWER OUTPUT CIRCUIT BREAKERS DPT POWER OUTPUT CASH ACCEPTOR POWER OUTPUT AC INPUT CONNECTOR TRANSFORMER SECONDARIES 110 VAC TRANSFORMER PRIMARIES 220 VAC TRANSFORMER PRIMARY Options Power Supply Board Connectors are described in detail on the next page. Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Tokheim Corporation 3-19 System Circuit Boards Options Power Supply Board Connectors J1 Blend Valve Power - Supplies 24VDC for Blend Valves 1 2 3 4 DCC DCC +24V side B +24V side B 5 6 7 8 DCC DCC +24V side A +24V side A J2 Circuit Breakers - Connection to circuit breakers 1 2 3 4 5 Cash Acceptor IN Cash Acceptor OUT 24 VAC secondary 1 IN 24 VAC secondary 1 OUT No Connection 6 7 8 9 24 VAC secondary 2 IN 24 VAC secondary 2 OUT 8.5 VAC secondary 3 IN 8.5 VAC secondary 3 OUT J3 DPT Out - 24 VDC and 8VDC to DPT CPU Bds 1 2 3 4 5 6 +24 VDC power for DPT side B (23.5 – 24.5 VDC, supplies power for printer, paper cutter, and beeper) +8 VDC power for DPT side B (unregulated, for +5 VDC logic power) DCC +24 VDC power for DPT side A (23.5 – 24.5 VDC, supplies power for printer, paper cutter, and beeper) +8 VDC power for DPT side A (unregulated, for +5 VDC logic power) DCC J4 Cash Out - Supplies AC power for side A and B cash acceptors 1 3 ACH for side A cash acceptor 2 ACH for side B cash acceptor 4 ACC for side A cash acceptor ACC for side B cash acceptor J5 Main AC In - AC power input from AC Distribution Bd 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 ACH Input for cash acceptors side A and B ACC Input for cash acceptors side A and B Earth Ground (connected to DCC at board standoff) No Connection No Connection No Connection ACH Input for DPT and Blend Valve power sides A and B ACC Input for DPT and Blend Valve power sides A and B Earth Ground (connected to DCC at board standoff) J6 Transformer Sec - Connection for transformer secondaries 1 2 3 Secondary 3 return Secondary 3, 8 to 12 VAC Secondary 2 return 4 5 6 Secondary 2, 24 to 36 VAC Secondary 1 return Secondary 1, 24 to 36 VAC J7 110 VAC Transformer Pri - Connection for 110 VAC primaries 1 ACH Primary 1 2 ACC primary 1 ACH range = 102 – 132 VAC 3 4 ACH Primary 2 ACC primary 2 J8 220 VAC Transformer Pri - Connection for 220 VAC primary. 1 2 3 4 Tokheim Corporation 3-20 ACH (204 to 264 VAC) Connects dual primaries in series Connects dual primaries in series ACC Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 System Circuit Boards LED Board - 421228 (Premier B) • • One LED board for all single-hosed dispensers Locking and polarized connector CONNECTOR J1 IS LOCATED ON THE BACKSIDE OF THE BOARD. Control for the LED board comes from J7 on the Display board. A current limiting resistor for each LED is on the display board as well. The schematic for the LED board is below. J1 PIN 2 +5VDC PIN 1 -LED1 LED1 PIN 3 -LED2 LED2 PIN 4 -LED3 LED3 PIN 5 -LED4 LED4 PIN 6 - LED5 LED5 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Tokheim Corporation 3-21 System Circuit Boards Display Board - 420942 (Premier B, used in models with beeper in electronics enclosure) • • • • • All connectors are the locking type and are polarized Full keypad matrix (Product Selection & Operator Interface keypads, Manager and Arming keys) Beeper circuit and connector (J5) Jumper configured at the factory for 1 to 5 Price displays +5 VDC regulator on board for all display voltages MAGNETIC KEY SENSORS MONEY AND VOLUME DISPLAY PRICE (PPUV) DISPLAYS (1-5) PPUV1 PPUV2 PPUV3 J1- INPUT CONNECTOR J6 - ALTERNATIVE MANAGER/ARMING KEY CONNECTOR J8 - PRODUCTION TEST CONNECTOR Tokheim Corporation 3-22 J2 - OPERATOR INTERFACE KEYPAD J3 - PRODUCT SELECTION KEYPAD PPUV4 CONFIGURATION JUMPERS (FACTORY CONFIGURED) PPUV5 J5 - BEEPER CONNECTOR J7 - LED BOARD CONTROL CONNECTOR J4 - PRODUCT 6 CONNECTOR (FUTURE USE) Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 System Circuit Boards Display Board - 421437 (Premier B, used in models with beeper in raceway) • • • • • All connectors are the locking type and are polarized Full keypad matrix (Product Selection & Operator Interface keypads, Manager and Arming keys) Beeper connectors for dispenser electronics (J5) and DPT (J9) Jumper configured at the factory for 1 to 5 Price displays +5 VDC regulator on board for all display voltages MAGNETIC KEY SENSORS MONEY AND VOLUME DISPLAY PRICE (PPUV) DISPLAYS (1-5) PPUV1 PPUV2 PPUV3 J1- INPUT CONNECTOR J6 - ALTERNATIVE MANAGER/ARMING KEY CONNECTOR J8 - PRODUCTION TEST CONNECTOR PPUV4 PPUV5 J5 - BEEPER CONNECTOR J9 - DPT BEEPER CONNECTOR J2 - OPERATOR INTERFACE KEYPAD J3 - PRODUCT SELECTION KEYPAD J7 - LED BOARD CONTROL CONNECTOR J4 - PRODUCT 6 CONNECTOR (FUTURE USE) Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Tokheim Corporation 3-23 System Circuit Boards Display Board Connectors (Premier B) All connectors except J9 are used on both display boards (420942 & 421437). Display board 420942 does not have connector J9. All “Row” numbers in parenthesis ( ) are for side B. J1 Input Connector J3 Product Selection Keypad 1 Row 1 (5) of the keypad matrix 1 Row 1 (5) of the keypad matrix 2 Row 2 (6) of the keypad matrix 2 Row 2 (6) of the keypad matrix 3 Row 3 (7) of the keypad matrix 3 Row 3 (7) of the keypad matrix 4 Row 4 (8) of the keypad matrix 4 Row 4 (8) of the keypad matrix 5 Column 1 of the keypad matrix 5 Column 7 of the keypad matrix 6 Column 2 of the keypad matrix 6 Column 8 of the keypad matrix 7 Column 3 of the keypad matrix 8 Column 4 of the keypad matrix 9 Column 5 of the keypad matrix 10 Column 6 of the keypad matrix 11 Column 7 of the keypad matrix 12 J4 Product 6 - Not used J5 Dispenser Beeper 1 12 VDC from Interface board (10.8 - 13.2) Column 8 of the keypad matrix 2, 3 No connection 13 Serial data from Interface board 4 Beeper control signal, low = on 14 Clock signal from Interface board 15 Load signal from Interface board 16 No connection 17, 18 12 VDC from Interface bd. (10.8 - 13.2) J6 Spare Manager/Arming Key 1 Row 3 of switch matrix 2, 3 Column 8 of switch matrix 4 Row 4 of switch matrix 19, 20 System ground J7 LED Board Control J2 Operator Interface Keypad Connector 1 On/off control for LED 1, low = on 1 Row 1 (5) of keypad matrix 3 On/off control for LED 2, low = on 2 Row 2 (6) of the keypad matrix 5 On/off control for LED 3, low = on 3 Row 3 (7) of the keypad matrix 7 On/off control for LED 4, low = on 4 Row 4 (8) of the keypad matrix 9 On/off control for LED 5, low = on 5 Column 1 of the keypad matrix 11 On/off control for LED 6, low = on 6 Column 2 of the keypad matrix 7 Column 3 of the keypad matrix 8 Column 4 of the keypad matrix 9 Column 5 of the keypad matrix 10 Column 6 of the keypad matrix Tokheim Corporation 3-24 (Even numbered pins are 5 VDC to LED Bd.) J8 Production Test (Factory use only) J9 DPT Beeper 1 12 VDC from DPT when active 2 Ground from DPT when active Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 System Circuit Boards Display Board - 422594 (Premier C) • • • • • All connectors are the locking type and are polarized Full keypad matrix (Product Selection & Operator Interface keypads, Manager and Arming keys) Beeper circuit and connector (J5) Jumper configured at the factory for 1 to 5 Price displays +5 VDC regulator on board for all display voltages MAGNETIC KEY SENSORS FRONT SIDE PPUV1 PPUV2 PPUV3 PPUV4 PPUV5 422594.PLT BACK SIDE J8 PRODUCTION TEST CONNECTOR J9 - DPT BEEPER CONNECTOR J6 ALTERNATIVE MANAGER/ ARMING KEY CONNECTOR J5 - BEEPER CONNECTOR J3 J2 - OPERATOR INTERFACE KEYPAD J1- INPUT CONNECTOR Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 J3 - PRODUCT SELECTION KEYPAD Tokheim Corporation 3-25 System Circuit Boards Display Board Connectors (Premier C) All “Row” numbers in parenthesis ( ) are for side B. J1 Input Connector J3 Product Selection Keypad 1 Row 1 (5) of the keypad matrix 1 Row 1 (5) of the keypad matrix 2 Row 2 (6) of the keypad matrix 2 Row 2 (6) of the keypad matrix 3 Row 3 (7) of the keypad matrix 3 Row 3 (7) of the keypad matrix 4 Row 4 (8) of the keypad matrix 4 Row 4 (8) of the keypad matrix 5 Column 1 of the keypad matrix 5 Column 7 of the keypad matrix 6 Column 2 of the keypad matrix 6 Column 8 of the keypad matrix 7 Column 3 of the keypad matrix 8 Column 4 of the keypad matrix 9 Column 5 of the keypad matrix 10 Column 6 of the keypad matrix 11 Column 7 of the keypad matrix 12 J5 Dispenser Beeper 1 12 VDC from Interface board (10.8 - 13.2) Column 8 of the keypad matrix 2, 3 No connection 13 Serial data from Interface board 4 Beeper control signal, low = on 14 Clock signal from Interface board 15 Load signal from Interface board 16 No connection J6 Alternative Manager/Arming Key 17, 18 12 VDC from Interface bd. (10.8 - 13.2) 19, 20 System ground 1 Row 3 of switch matrix 2, 3 Column 8 of switch matrix 4 Row 4 of switch matrix J2 Operator Interface Keypad Connector 1 Row 1 (5) of the keypad matrix 2 Row 2 (6) of the keypad matrix 3 Row 3 (7) of the keypad matrix 4 Row 4 (8) of the keypad matrix 5 Column 1 of the keypad matrix 1 12 VDC from DPT when active 6 Column 2 of the keypad matrix 2 Ground from DPT when active 7 Column 3 of the keypad matrix 8 Column 4 of the keypad matrix 9 Column 5 of the keypad matrix 10 Column 6 of the keypad matrix Tokheim Corporation 3-26 J8 Production Test (Factory use only) J9 DPT Beeper Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 System Circuit Boards Intrinsically Safe Barrier Assembly - 321139 (Premier C) • The Intrinsically Safe Barrier Assembly does not have any serviceable parts and must be replaced as an assembly. • The intrinsically safe barrier assembly replaces the pulser/ handle barrier pipes that are used in the Premier B series dispensers. Connector pins are defined in Section 4 of this manual. TO MOTHERBOARD (SEE CONFIGURATIONS ON NEXT PAGE) INTRINSICALLY SAFE BARRIER ASSEMBLY TO HANDLES & PULSERS (SEE CONFIGURATIONS ON NEXT PAGE) TOP VIEW INTRINSICALLY SAFE BARRIER ASSEMBLY BOTTOM VIEW OR Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 See next page for handle and pulser connectors configurations. The locations for plugging in the harnesses depend on the configuration of the assembly that you have. Tokheim Corporation 3-27 System Circuit Boards Intrinsically Safe Barrier Assembly (continued) (Premier C) Handle and Pulser Connectors Configurations BLUE/GREEN RED/BROWN WIRING ORANGE/YELLOW VIOLET/GRAY WIRING TOP VIEW TOP VIEW BOTTOM VIEW BOTTOM VIEW BLUE/GREEN WIRING ORANGE/ YELLOW WIRING VIOLET WIRING BLUE/GREEN WIRING RED/BROWN WIRING VIOLET/GRAY WIRING ORANGE WIRING RED/BROWN WIRING TOP VIEW BOTTOM VIEW BLUE/GREEN WIRING Tokheim Corporation 3-28 RED/BROWN WIRING Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 May 2000 Wiring Diagrams Section 4: Wiring Diagrams Scope Wiring diagrams are not included for every conceivable pump wiring configuration, but are provided as a reference This section provides various wiring diagrams for Premier B and C series dispensers. These diagrams can be used to trace signals throughout a dispenser. Section 4 Contents H426B-S Suction (Premier B) ........................................................ 4-2 H428B-S Suction (Premier B) ........................................................ 4-3 H311B/H312B/H322B/H324B-S Suction (Premier B) .................... 4-4 Intercom Speaker Wiring (Premier B) ............................................ 4-5 Intercom Speaker Wiring (Premier C) ........................................... 4-6 Electronics Block Diagram (Premier C) ......................................... 4-7 Electronics Block Diagram (Premier B) ......................................... 4-8 H413B-R (Premier B) .................................................................... 4-9 H426B-R (Premier B) .................................................................. 4-10 H311B/H322B/H324B-R (Premier B) ............................................ 4-11 H428B-R (Premier B) .................................................................. 4-12 H413B-REB (Premier B) ............................................................. 4-13 H426B-REB (Premier B) ............................................................. 4-14 H322B-B3/B5 (Premier B) ........................................................... 4-15 AC Distribution Board Block Diagram (Premier B) ...................... 4-16 Premier B System Wiring Diagrams Mother Board ........................................................................ 4-17 Pump Handles & Pulsers - H428B-S .................................... 4-18 Pump Handles & Pulsers ...................................................... 4-19 Motors & Valves - H428B-S .................................................. 4-20 Motors & Valves .................................................................... 4-21 Displays ................................................................................ 4-22 AC Distribution ...................................................................... 4-23 Options Power Supply .......................................................... 4-24 Connection Box ..................................................................... 4-24 Dispenser Payment Terminal (DPT) ...................................... 4-25 INSIGHT Dispenser Payment Terminal - H324B ................... 4-26 INSIGHT Dispenser Payment Terminal - H426B ................... 4-27 INSIGHT Dispenser Payment Terminal - H426-REB ............. 4-28 INSIGHT Dispenser Payment Terminal - H428B-R ............... 4-29 MaxVac System Wiring Diagram for Non-Blend Dispensers . 4-30 MaxVac System Wiring Diagram for Blending Dispensers .... 4-31 Premier C System Wiring Diagrams System Wiring Diagram ........................................................ 4-32 Intrinsically Safe Barrier Board (H300 Series) ...................... 4-33 Intrinsically Safe Barrier Board (H400 Series) ...................... 4-34 Intrinsically Safe Barrier Board (H400 Series) ...................... 4-35 Displays ................................................................................ 4-36 AC Distribution ...................................................................... 4-37 MaxVac Vapor Recovery ....................................................... 4-38 Standard DPT ....................................................................... 4-39 Debit DPT ............................................................................. 4-40 INSIGHT DPT ....................................................................... 4-41 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 Tokheim Corporation 4-1 H426B-S (Premier B) 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Wiring Diagrams Tokheim Corporation 4-2 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 Wiring Diagrams H428B-S (Premier B) 320812s6.plt Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 Tokheim Corporation 4-3 Wiring Diagrams H311B-S, H312B-S, H322B-S & H324B-S (Premier B) Tokheim Corporation 4-4 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 Wiring Diagrams Intercom Speaker Wiring (Premier B) Side B 1234 1234 1234 1234 1234 INTERCOM JUNCTION BOX The Intercom speaker junction box is a round junction box located inside the dispenser in the lower right corner of Side B. To access this junction box, see Connection Box Access, in Section 2. The intercom connections should be based upon the manufacturer’s specifications. Speaker wires inside the Junction box: Blue is Speaker+ Violet is Speaker- J30 on Mother board: (call button) Brown is Common Red is Normally closed Orange is Normally open This J30 connector is an output to the intercom for the call button. In order for a call button to be part of the operator interface keypad, this circuitry must be used for the “call” signal. The operator interface keypad call button (if used) is software controlled. The call button must be programmed to the appropriate keypad button of the operator interface keypad. This is done by using Mode F29. The keycode for the call button is “cb”. For additional information on programming the keypads, please refer to the Programming/Operating Manual, Form 4816, for Premier B. Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 Tokheim Corporation 4-5 Wiring Diagrams Intercom/Speaker Wiring (Premier C) The intercom/speaker wires should be connected based on the intercom manufacturer's specification. Intercom/speaker field wires will be joined together with the dispenser intercom/speaker wires in the dispenser connection box. There are no connections to the terminal strip in the connection box for Intercom/Speaker wiring or Spandrel wiring. The dispenser call button switch is software controlled. To use the call button, program the appropriate keypad button on the operator interface keypad. This button is programmed in Mode F29. The keypad function code for the call button is "cb". For more information, refer to the Programming Manual, Form 5871, for Premier C.. Wires to Dispenser Speaker Blue Violet = = Speaker + Speaker - Wires to J30 on Dispenser Mother Board (Intercom Call Button) Brown Red Orange = = = Common Normally Closed Switch Position Normally Open Switch Position Spandrel Lighting Wiring (Premier C) ! WARNING Hazard of electrical shock. More than one disconnect switch may be required to de-energize the device. Open the circuit before removing cover. Keep cover secured when power is applied. Tokheim Corporation 4-6 The spandrel lighting wires will be joined together with the AC field wires in the dispenser connection box. Connect the spandrel lighting earth ground wire to the ground screw in the connection box. A ground screw is located on either side of the terminal strip in the connection box. Wires to Spandrel Lighting Black White Green = = = ACH ACC Earth Ground Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 TTD TTC Battery Battery Test Interface Board Operator Interface & Product Selection Keypads Manager and Arming Keys Display Signals Display Board Pulsers Handles Watchdog and Reset Handles Pulsers Both Keypads’ Matrix Signals and Manager/ Arming Key Signals LED Board Multiplex Board Valves Pulsers Handles Intrinsically Safe Barrier Assembly Pulsers Slow Flow Valve Motor Relay Control Relay Board Motor Control Line (RC) or Handles Suction Pump Motor (Suction) Wiring Diagrams Tokheim Corporation 4-7 Full Flow Valve Electronics Block Diagram (Premier C) Display Signals Expanded Computer Board Display Signals Display Signals Battery Monitor This block diagram illustrates the signal flow through the UDCB electronics package. Use this block diagram as a reference when troubleshooting the Premier C series dispenser. Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Model 67 Interface Box Console/POS Wiring Diagrams Tokheim Corporation 4-8 Model 67 Interface Box Console/POS TTD TTC Battery Display Signals Display Signals Display Board Pulsers Handles Both Keypads’ Matrix Signals and Manager/ Arming Key Signals Pulsers Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Handles Watchdog and Reset LED Board Multiplex Board Valves Full Flow Valve Pulsers Pulsers Slow Flow Valve Motor Relay Control Handles Barrier Conduit Assembly Relay Board Motor Control Line (RC) or Handles Suction Pump Motor Relay Junction Box (Suction) This block diagram illustrates the signal flow through the UDCB electronics package. Use this block diagram as a reference when troubleshooting the Premier B series dispenser. Interface Board Operator Interface & Product Selection Keypads Manager and Arming Keys Electronics Block Diagram (Premier B) Battery Test Expanded Computer Board Display Signals Display Signals Battery Monitor H413B-R (Premier B) Wiring Diagrams Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 Tokheim Corporation 4-9 H426B-R (Premier B) Wiring Diagrams Tokheim Corporation 4-10 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 H311B-R, H322B-R & H324B-R (Premier B) Wiring Diagrams Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 Tokheim Corporation 4-11 H428B-R (Premier B) Wiring Diagrams Tokheim Corporation 4-12 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 H413B-REB (Premier B) Wiring Diagrams Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 Tokheim Corporation 4-13 H426B-REB (Premier B) Wiring Diagrams Tokheim Corporation 4-14 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 H322B-B3/B5 (Premier B) Wiring Diagrams Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 Tokheim Corporation 4-15 Wiring Diagrams AC Distribution Block Diagram (Premier B) 30" AC DISTRIBUTION WIRING SCHEMATIC Tokheim Corporation 4-16 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Mother Board (Premier B) TO HANDLE SWITCHES AND PULSERS: SEE PAGES 4-18 & 4-19 1A & 1B 2A & 2B 3A & 3B WIRE HARNESS ASSY 421014 VALVES SHOWN ON PAGES 4-20 & 4-21 Wiring Diagrams Tokheim Corporation 4-17 Tokheim Corporation 4-18 To Mother Board J12 To Mother Board J4 To Mother Board J11 To Mother Board J3 Pump Handles and Pulsers - H428B-S (Premier B) Wiring Diagrams Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 Mother Board J4 See page 4-16 See page 4-16 Mother Board J11 See page 4-16 To Mother Board J3 Pump Handles and Pulsers (Premier B) Wiring Diagrams Tokheim Corporation 4-19 Motors and Valves - H428B-S (Premier B) Wiring Diagrams Tokheim Corporation 4-20 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 Motors and Valves (Premier B) Wiring Diagrams Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 Tokheim Corporation 4-21 See page 4-17 Displays (Premier B) Wiring Diagrams Tokheim Corporation 4-22 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 AC Distribution (Premier B) To Options Power Supply J5 See page 4-23 To Connection Box See page 4-23 Wiring Diagrams Tokheim Corporation 4-23 To DPT B J4 See page 4-24 To DPT A J4 See page 4-24 Wiring Diagrams Tokheim Corporation 4-24 Options Power Supply (Premier B) To DPT B J5 See page 4-24 To DPT A J5 See page 4-24 To DPT B J6 See page 4-24 To DPT A J6 See page 4-24 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 To DPT A J7 See page 4-25 To side B Cash Acceptor See page 4-24 AC DISTRIBUTION BOARD To AC Distribution Bd. J8 See page 4-22 To DPT Bd. J4 side A See page 4-24 CONNECTION BOX To DPT Bd. J4 side B See page 4-24 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 Dispenser Payment Terminal (Premier B) To Mother Bd. J17 See pages 4-16 To Mother Bd. J16 See pages 4-16 To Options P.S. J3 See page 4-23 To Options P.S. J3 See page 4-23 Wiring Diagrams Tokheim Corporation 4-25 To Connection Box See page 4-23 H324B INSIGHT Dispenser Payment Terminal (Premier B) Wiring Diagrams Tokheim Corporation 4-26 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 H426B INSIGHT Dispenser Payment Terminal (Premier B) Wiring Diagrams Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 Tokheim Corporation 4-27 H426-REB INSIGHT Dispenser Payment Terminal (Premier B) Wiring Diagrams Tokheim Corporation 4-28 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 H428B-R INSIGHT Dispenser Payment Terminal (Premier B) Wiring Diagrams Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 Tokheim Corporation 4-29 MaxVac System Wiring Diagram for Non-Blend Dispensers (Premier B) Wiring Diagrams Tokheim Corporation 4-30 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 MaxVac System Wiring Diagram for Blending Dispensers (Premier B) Wiring Diagrams Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 Tokheim Corporation 4-31 FOR DISPLAYS CONNECTION SEE PAGE 4-36 FOR HANDLES/PULSERS CONNECTIONS SEE PAGE 4-33, 4-34, & 4-35 FOR AC DISTRIBUTION CONNECTIONS SEE PAGE 4-37 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 FOR DPT CONNECTIONS SEE PAGE 4-39, 4-40, & 4-41 SEE PAGE 4-37 FOR CONNECTIONS SEE PAGE 4-39 FOR CONNECTIONS Wiring Diagrams Tokheim Corporation 4-32 System Wiring Diagram (Premier C) Intrinsically Safe Barrier Board (Premier C - H300 Series) Wiring Diagrams Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 Tokheim Corporation 4-33 Intrinsically Safe Barrier Board (Premier C - H400 Series) Wiring Diagrams Tokheim Corporation 4-34 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Intrinsically Safe Barrier Board (Premier C - H400 Series) Wiring Diagrams Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Tokheim Corporation 4-35 Displays (Premier C ) Wiring Diagrams Tokheim Corporation 4-36 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 CONNECTION BOX SEE PAGE 4-32 FOR MAXVAC SEE PAGE 4-38 AC Distribution (Premier C ) Wiring Diagrams Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 Tokheim Corporation 4-37 MaxVac Vapor Recovery (Premier C ) Wiring Diagrams Tokheim Corporation 4-38 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 CONNECTION BOX SEE PAGE 4-21 Standard DPT (Premier C ) Wiring Diagrams Tokheim Corporation 4-39 Tokheim Corporation 4-40 CONNECTION BOX SEE PAGE 4-32 Debit DPT (Premier C ) Wiring Diagrams Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 CONNECTION BOX SEE PAGE 4-32 INSIGHT DPT (Premier C ) Wiring Diagrams Tokheim Corporation 4-41 Wiring Diagrams Tokheim Corporation 4-42 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 Diagnostics Section 5: Diagnostic Information Scope This section defines the diagnostic modes available for testing and troubleshooting the Premier B and C series dispenser. Section 5 Contents Using the Manager Key and Arming Key ....................................... 5-2 Basic Programming ....................................................................... 5-3 Example of Basic Programming .................................................... 5-4 Premier B and C Diagnostic Modes Mode F11 – View Communications Diagnostics ...................... 5-6 Mode F96 – View Error, State, & Termination Code Histories . 5-7 Mode F97 – Check Operator Keypads & Nozzle Boot Switches ......................................... 5-10 Mode F98 – Initiate Display, DPT, & Product Selection Keypad Diagnostics ............................................ 5-12 Mode F99 – View Software Date Code, CRC Code, and ROM CRC Diagnostic Test ................................. 5-13 Calibrating Dispenser Meters ...................................................... 5-14 Testing Premier Dispenser to Console Communications ............. 5-14 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Tokheim Corporation 5-1 Diagnostics Using the Manager Key and Arming Key Using the Manager Key The manager's key is black. It is used to enter and exit manager modes. It can only be used on side A of the dispenser. Entering Manager Modes Place the manager key in the upper left corner of the keyswitch area until a function number begins blinking on the left side of the money display. Remove the manager key quickly when the blinking starts. One beep indicates that manager modes have been entered. Exiting Manager Modes Hold the manager key to the keyswitch area to exit the manager modes. The displays will show the last sale data when the dispenser returns to run mode. KEYSWITCH AREA PREMIER B F02 A MANAGER MODE (FUNCTION NUMBER) WILL APPEAR HERE AND BEGIN TO BLINK PREMIER C F02 KEYSWITCH AREA Using the Arming Key The arming key is red. It is used to arm or disarm the dispenser. The arming key can be used on both sides of a dispenser. A fuel sale cannot take place on a disarmed dispenser Tokheim Corporation 5-2 When the arming key is held on the keyswitch area one tone indicates that the dispenser is armed (ready to dispense fuel). Two tones indicate that the dispenser has been disarmed. Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 Diagnostics Basic Programming All programming is accomplished with the manager key & the programming buttons on the operator keypads. Entering Programming / Manager Modes 1. Make certain that all of the nozzles are properly placed into their boots. 2. Place the manager key on the keyswitch area. 3. Hold it there until a mode number begins to blink and you hear a beep. If this is not a first time start up, one of the following will appear in the money/volume displays when entering the manager modes: F01 If there are no problems, F01 will appear requesting level one security code entry 1’s If there is a low or disconnected battery, 1’s will appear. Tap a programming button to continue. Call an ASR F23 If there is a problem, F23 will appear. If ERR05 or PASS appear on start up, the battery test will not be done and you will go directly to F23. Check the dispenser programming. You may need to reprogram your dispenser. Moving from One Mode to the Next With the mode number blinking, press and hold a programming button. When the desired mode number appears, release the button. If the mode number is not blinking, quickly tap any programming button until it begins to blink. If you go past the mode desired, you can backup by pressing a backup button. Changing Parameter Information Backup buttons are used to change mode numbers only. Tap any programming button until the desired parameter begins to blink. Press and hold down any programming button until the desired results appear. If you go past the parameter you wanted to change, continue to tap the programming button until it wraps around to the desired parameter. Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 Tokheim Corporation 5-3 Diagnostics Example of Basic Programming Programming Manager’s Mode F02 Place the manager key on the keyswitch area. Hold the manager key onto the keyswitch area until the mode Premier B displays and keypad (not shown) operate the same as the Premier C displays and keypad shown in the illustration below. number begins to blink in the money/volume display and you hear a beep. Depress and hold any programming button to increment the mode number. Release the programming button upon reaching manager mode F02. Use the backup button(s) to select previous mode numbers. Backup buttons are shown with a “O” in the illustration below. For TDS Plus only, use the product selection keypad (1 x 5) for manager mode programming. The bottom number shown in the money/volume display is a counter for non-zero sales and is a view only parameter. It cannot be selected. Tap any programming button once to select the next parameter. The next parameter selected (blinking) is in the Price Per Unit Volume display (PPUV). This number shown here indicates the mode setting speed. Depress and hold any programming button (except a backup button) to increment this number. Release the button when the value you want is reached. A valid entry for the mode setting speed is 0 – 9. The default value for this setting is 5. F02 0234 A blinking display indicates that it is selected. 5 Backup buttons (“O”) are used to change manager mode numbers only. The second button down on the left side of the operator interface keypad or any CREDIT button (default or programmed) is a backup button. Tokheim Corporation 5-4 4 X 20 DISPLAY PREMIER C STANDARD DPT DISPLAY Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 Diagnostics Example of Basic Programming (continued) Saving Manager Mode Settings Manager mode settings are saved when: • Advancing from one mode to the next • Exiting manager’s modes Exiting Manager Mode Hold the manager key to the keyswitch area to exit manager mode. The displays will show the last sale data when the dispenser returns to run mode. Manager mode settings are saved. KEYSWITCH AREA PREMIER B F02 PREMIER C F02 An illustration of the dispenser interface board is located in section 3 of this manual. KEYSWITCH AREA Alternate Exit Procedure Press the control button on the dispenser interface board (cardcage) for two seconds. The displays will show the last sale data when the dispenser returns to run mode. Manager mode settings are saved. Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 Tokheim Corporation 5-5 Diagnostics Mode F11 – View Communications Diagnostics and Watchdog Reset Counter Using this Mode Mode F11 displays: • a diagnostic percentage of communication that the dispenser has received from the console • a diagnostic counter for the number of watchdog resets since the dispenser became active • a diagnostic number which indicates the status of dispenser to DPT communication for side A and side B. Premier B displays (not shown) provide the same information as shown in this Premier C illustration. F11 11 100 00 Mode number F11 Side A to DPT communication number, left digit, 1 = pass, 0 = fail Side B to DPT communication number, right digit, 1 = pass, 0 = fail • 00 = side A failed and side B failed • 01 = side A failed and side B passed • 10 = side A passed and side B failed • 11 = side A passed and side B passed Console to Dispenser Communication percentage - Any communication percentage other than 000 or 100 indicates an intermittent communication condition as shown below. The communication percentage range is 000 to 100. • 100 indicates normal operation when connected to a console. • 100 is also displayed if the dispenser is connected to a controller and F19 is set to stand-alone mode. • 000 indicates that the dispenser communication link is not established. Watchdog reset counter - Mode F11 watchdog reset count is reset each time the dispenser is turned on. Normal operation equals 00. Anything other than 00 indicates possible dispenser processing errors. Tokheim Corporation 5-6 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 Diagnostics Mode F96 – View Dispenser Error, State and Termination Code Histories Mode 96 is used to view the dispenser error history, state history, and termination code history. Using this Mode • To alternate between history types, tap a programming button while the E, S, or c is blinking. • To change the history number, tap a programming button while the history number is blinking. • To clear all the diagnostic codes, tap a programming button until the diagnostic code is blinking. Press and hold any programming button until 2 beeps are sounded. This clears the memory stack and allows new data to be recorded. Quick Entry Method: Opening Manager Mode in Mode F96 Press and hold programming button 1 or 13 (Cash [cA] and Credit [cr] on the Default Keypad Layout), or the top right softkey on the INSIGHT™ DPT keypad while entering the manager modes. Manager Mode will start with Mode F96. This quick entry method allows access to modes F96 through F99 (diagnostic modes) without entering a level 1 or level 2 security code. Premier B displays (not shown) provide the same information as shown in this Premier C illustration. If there is a problem and you need to call the Tokheim Solution Center, be prepared to provide the history’s diagnostic code. After selecting the appropriate History type (E,S, or c), and History number, the diagnostic code will appear. F96 01 X01 00 Mode number F96 Dispenser address range: 01 – 16 History type • E = Error histories: shows the last 16 dispenser errors that have occurred. • S = State histories: shows the last 64 dispenser states that have occurred. • c = Termination code histories: shows the last 64 dispenser sale termination codes that have occurred. History number (Default = 00) • Error range: 00 – 15 • State range: 00 – 63. • Termination code range: 00 – 63 Diagnostic Code (Default = 00) Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 Tokheim Corporation 5-7 Diagnostics Mode F96 – View Dispenser Error, State and Termination Code Histories (continued) Error history is a record stored in memory of dispenser errors as they occur. The most recent error added to the record is always history number 00. Previously stored errors have their history number incremented by one for each new error added to the record. See error history example below. Definitions of error codes can be found in Section 6. State history is a record stored in memory of dispenser state conditions as they occur. Each state the dispenser goes through (idle, dispensing, halted, etc.) is recorded by a code number. See the chart on the next page. The state codes are viewed by selecting the history number desired. The most recent state code added to the record is always history number 00. The state code which was added to the record before 00 is 01, and so on, up to 63 previous entries. See state history example below. Termination Code is a record stored in memory of sale terminations at the dispenser. These codes are recorded the same way as state history codes. Error History Example History Number Code History Number Code Error Code 31 00 Error Code 32 33 31 00 01 02 The first error code is added to the error history record. It is given history number 00. As more error codes are added to this record, this history number will increment to a maximum of 15. HISTORY SEQUENCE 09 32 33 31 01 02 03 As more errors are added to the error history record, the history numbers continue to increment (with the oldest code having the largest history number). x Error Code 00 Two more errors are added to the error history record. The most recent code onto the stack (32, in this example) is now history number 00. w History Number Code y State History Example History Number Code 00 State Code 01 History Number Code 00 01 The first state code is added to the state history record. It is given history number 00. As more state codes are added to this record, this history number will increment up to a maximum of 63. Tokheim Corporation 5-8 02 State Code 05 02 01 Two more errors are added to the state history record. The most recent code onto the stack (05, in this example) is now history number 00. History Number Code 00 01 02 State Code 06 05 02 01 03 As more state codes are added to the state history record, the history numbers continue to increment (the oldest has the largest history number). Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 Diagnostics Mode F96 – View Dispenser Error, State and Termination Code Histories (continued) State codes (S) defined State Code Brief Description State Code Brief Description 00 Status = 2F, Dispenser is not initialized 05 Segment Check 01 Dispenser is idle, handle is down 06 Dispenser is running, sale in progress 02 Dispenser is idle, handle is up 07 Sale is halted 03 Status = A0, handle is up, waiting cash approval 08 Stopped sale, restartable (soft halt) 04 Status = A1, handle is up, waiting credit approval 09 Terminated sale (hard halt) Diagnostic Termination codes (c) defined (c) Code Brief Description (c) Code Brief Description 01 Normal sale termination 13 Controller sale termination 02 No pulse timeout 14 DPT sale termination 03 Controller blend ratio mismatch 15 Pulser disconnect 04 Undefined 16 Reverse pulser motion 05 Blender pulser overflow 17 Back and forth pulser motion 06 Blender error 18 Interference or phase 0 shorted to phase 90 07 Blender pulser disconnect 19 Reverse pulser motion 08 Power loss 20 High flow rate 09 Stop button pressed 21 High flow rate 10 Cannot read phase 0 buffer 22 Undefined 11 Cannot read phase 90 buffer 23 999.989 maximum delivery exceeded 12 Phase 0 to phase 90 > max Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 Tokheim Corporation 5-9 Diagnostics Mode F97 – Check Operator Keypads and Nozzle Boot Switches Mode F97 is used to check the keypad buttons of the operator interface and product selection keypads for proper operation. It is also used to check the nozzle boot switches. This mode can be entered by the standard method using the security code entry or the quick entry method that does not require security codes to access – see Mode F96 in this section. Using this Mode • To test the nozzle boot switches, remove any hose nozzle (one at a time). “HHHH” will appear in the PPUV display assigned to that nozzle. Single hose dispensers will show “HHHH” in the PPUV display for product 1. • To test the keypads, press any keypad button. The preassigned number appears at the right side of the money display. Premier B displays (not shown) provide the same information as shown in this Premier C illustration. F97 27 P2 HHHH Mode number F97 Keypad numbers – as keypad buttons are pressed, the preassigned keypad button number appears on the right side of the money display. See the keypad diagram illustrations on the next page. Side A keypad button numbers are displayed on side A when side A keypad buttons are pressed. Side B keypad button numbers are displayed on side B when side B keypad buttons are pressed. Keypad function code – as keypad buttons are pressed, the keypad function code is displayed on the right side of the volume display. The keypad function code table on the next page defines the keypad function codes (key codes) that will appear. A blank display indicates an undefined keypad button. The hose nozzle (handle) indicator is displayed on the dispenser side in which the nozzle is removed from the boot. “HHHH” will appear in the cash display of the same product as the hose nozzle that is removed. Tokheim Corporation 5-10 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 Diagnostics Mode F97 – Check Operator Keypads and Nozzle Boot Switches (continued) KEYPAD FUNCTION CODES Keycode Displayed Press Keypad Button 0-9 0-9 cA Cash/Start cr Credit P1 Product 1 P2 Product 2 P3 Product 3 P4 Product 4 P5 Product 5 SP Stop cP Currency Present PRODUCT SELECTION KEYPAD KEY NUMBERS 25 26 27 28 29 OPERATOR INTERFACE KEYPAD NUMBERS (KEYPAD NUMBERS 7 & 19 ARE NOT USED) uP Units Present cL Clear cb Call / Help Sb Alternate Push-to-Start (only programmed if site controller supports this feature) 6 5 4 3 2 12 11 10 9 8 18 17 16 15 14 24 23 22 21 20 1 13 INSIGHT DPT SOFTKEYS KEY NUMBERS 49 50 51 52 53 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 54 55 56 57 58 Tokheim Corporation 5-11 Diagnostics Mode F98 – Initiate Display, DPT, and Product Selection Keypad Diagnostics This mode is used to check the money/volume and PPUV displays for proper operation. This mode also initiates diagnostic mode for DPTs if present (see sections 7 & 8 for DPT diagnostics). Using this Mode • Tap any programming button to begin the diagnostics. The Money/Volume and PPUV display in sequence 0’s through 9’s for all digits until the mode is exited. Arrows and decimals appear with every odd digit displayed. • Press any button on the Product Selection Keypad to test the keypad buttons. A tone is heard when a button is pressed. • To exit this mode and proceed to mode F99, hold the manager's key to the keyswitch area. F98 000000 000000 Premier B displays (not shown) provide the same information as shown in this Premier C illustration. 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 Mode number F98 Money/Volume and PPUV displays – All digits in these displays increment from 0 thru 9. Product Selection Keypad – A tone is heard when a Product Selection Keypad button is pressed. Tokheim Corporation 5-12 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 Diagnostics Mode F99 – View Software Date Code, CRC Code and ROM CRC Diagnostic Test This mode is used to view the dispenser software date code and the results of the cyclical redundancy check (CRC). The date code and CRC code helps to identify a dispenser type along with its model number. The CRC test verifies the CPU board program memory is valid. Using this Mode • Tap any programming button to begin the diagnostics. The P (Pass) or F (Fail) in the money display indicates whether the CPU board passed or failed the CRC test. When the computed CRC and stored CRC codes do not match, the CRC code test has failed. • The software date code is the release date of the software installed. It appears in the Volume display and is shown in mm/dd/yy format. • To exit this mode and proceed to mode F99, hold the manager's key to the keyswitch area. F99 P 020394 Premier B displays (not shown) provide the same information as shown in this Premier C illustration. F02A F02A Mode number F99 The P(Pass) or F(Fail) in the money display indicates whether the CPU board program memory passed or failed the CRC test. The software date code is the release date of the software installed. It is shown in mm/dd/yy format. Computed CRC code – A “view only” parameter that represents the computed results of the CRC test. Stored CRC code – A “view only” parameter that represents the stored value of the CPU board’s program memory CRC code. Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 Tokheim Corporation 5-13 Diagnostics Testing Dispenser Meters for Calibration Meter Calibration: Refer to the Meter Calibration Procedure in the Tokheim Hydraulic System Home Study Course Student Workbook and Video. Make sure the meter has gone through it’s break-in period. 1. Enter manager mode F17 to set the maximum delivery amount allowed by the dispenser. 2. Set the maximum delivery to the amount desired for the calibration test. 3. Enter manager mode F18 to set the slow flow offset for the dispenser. 4. Set and/or verify the slow flow offset desired. 5. Return to the run mode. 6. Begin a sale with the dispenser. 7. Check the measured value against the value set in manager mode F17. 8. Compare the results against your state and local regulations and calibrate the meter if required. Refer to the meter calibration procedure in the Tokheim Hydraulic System Home Study course video. 9. After the completion of the test, reset the maximum delivery and the slow flow offset values to the desired values for normal operation. Testing Premier Dispenser to Console Communications TTD and TTC are acronyms for Talk To Dispenser and Talk To Console signals respectively. The next page describes the locations where TTD and TTC communications can be tested. Use a reliable multimeter to take measurements. When measuring DC Volts, connect the black (-) probe to DCC nearest to the point where the voltage reading is taken. The green connector referred to in the table on the next page refers to the TTD/TTC/DCC green connector in the 67 box. Some connectors on the 67 box interface (I/F) boards have the communication signals labeled on the end of the connector where the wires are inserted. The labels are not visible unless the connector is unplugged. See connector illustration below for signal locations. 67 BOX INTERFACE BOARD DCC TTC TTD GREEN CONNECTOR Tokheim Corporation 5-14 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Diagnostics Testing Premier Dispenser to Console Communications (continued) DISPENSER WIRING DISPENSER INTERFACE BOARD FIELD WIRING 67 BOX GREEN CONNECTOR (SEE ILLUSTRATION ON THE OPPOSITE PAGE FOR SIGNAL LOCATIONS) TP2 J19 IN-LINE CONNECTOR J-BOX 13 1 8 2 TTD 1 2 9 3 DCC 12 3 7 1 TTC 5 +12 VDC • • • • • TP2 (Test Point 2) is located on the Interface Board. See pages 3-6 and 3-7. J19 is located on the Mother Board. See sections 3 and 4 for Mother board diagrams. The In-line Connector is the connector that joins wire harness 319588 to 319589 (Premier B). See page 4-17. The J-Box is the junction box in the hydraulics cabinet of the dispenser. See section 2 for junction box drawings. The 67 box is usually located in the back office at the site. TTD Circuit Green LED on the Interface Board (LED 2) TTC Circuit Yellow LED on the Interface Board (LED 1) Set the multimeter to measure DC Volts. With everything connected together and power on, measure voltage. approx. 2.25 VDC approx. .20 - .44 VDC LED blinking LED blinking Disconnect the green plug in the 67 Box, measure voltage on the wires going to the dispenser. approx. 12 VDC approx. .05 VDC LED on LED on Reconnect the green plug in the 67 Box. Disconnect the console and attach the dummy plug to the 67 Box. Measure at the green plug in the 67 Box. approx. .75 VDC approx. .10 VDC LED off LED on Instructions Test TTD - Disconnect the green plug in the 67 box and check the TTD LED. Short TTD to DCC on the green plug. Check the LED. Reconnect the green plug in the 67 box when done. Disconnect J19 from the dispenser Mother board, check LED. Short pin 1 to pin 2, check LED. Test TTC - Set the multimeter to measure resistance (ohms). Put the black probe on pin 2 of J19, and put the red probe on pin 3 of J19. Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 LED on LED off LED on LED off Multimeter should show approx. 1500 - 2000 ohms Tokheim Corporation 5-15 Diagnostics Tokheim Corporation 5-16 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Troubleshooting Tips Section 6: Error Message Handling & Troubleshooting Tips Scope This section includes information to assist in diagnosing error messages and troubleshooting Premier B and C series dispensers. If the problems encountered cannot be corrected using the information in this section, please call the Tokheim Solution Center at 800-866-6762. Service parts can be ordered by calling (219) 470-4710. Error codes appear in the volume display of the dispenser when a problem is detected. Refer to the following pages for descriptions of the errors and corrective actions. All errors except 04, 41, 42, 43, and 44 are reset by removing and replacing a nozzle or by entering and exiting manager modes. Section 6 Contents (for Premier B & C series dispensers) Logic Sequence to Dispenser Repair ............................................ 6-2 Circuit Board Signal Flow Block Diagram (Premier B) .................. 6-2 Circuit Board Signal Flow Block Diagram (Premier C) .................. 6-3 ERR 01 – ERR 09 ......................................................................... 6-4 ERR 3x – ERR 13 .......................................................................... 6-5 ERR 14 – ERR 21 ......................................................................... 6-6 ERR 22 – ERR 27 ......................................................................... 6-7 ERR 39 & ERR 49 ......................................................................... 6-8 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 Tokheim Corporation 6-1 Troubleshooting Tips Logic Sequence to Dispenser Repair (Premier B & C) 1. Is the electronics enclosure fan running? • If the fan is running, AC power is present in the dispenser. • If the fan is not running, find the reason for an open AC circuit to the dispenser electronics. 2. Determine if the dispenser programming is correct. Check the following modes: Mode 11 Communication Diagnostics Mode 19 Dispenser Function Code Mode 23 Set Dispenser Parameters Mode 98 Display, DPT, and Product Selection Keypad Diagnostics Mode 99 Software Diagnostics 3. Check test points on circuit boards. Check the test points on the circuit boards to determine if the proper voltages are present. See Section 3 – System Boards for locations of test points. Circuit Board Signal Flow Block Diagram (Premier B) Model 67 Interface Box Console/POS TTD TTC Display Signals Battery Test Expanded Computer Board Display Signals Display Signals Battery Monitor Battery Interface Board Operator Interface & Product Selection Keypads Manager and Arming Keys Display Signals Display Board Pulsers Handles Watchdog and Reset Handles Pulsers Both Keypads’ Matrix Signals and Manager/ Arming Key Signals LED Board Multiplex Board Valves Full Flow Valve Pulsers Pulsers Slow Flow Valve Motor Relay Control Handles Barrier Conduit Assembly Tokheim Corporation 6-2 Handles Relay Board Suction System Product Relay to Suction Motor Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 Troubleshooting Tips Circuit Board Signal Flow Block Diagram (Premier C) Model 67 Interface Box Console/POS TTD TTC Display Signals Battery Test Expanded Computer Board Display Signals Display Signals Battery Monitor Battery Interface Board Operator Interface & Product Selection Keypads Manager and Arming Keys Display Signals Display Board Pulsers Handles Watchdog and Reset Handles Pulsers Both Keypads’ Matrix Signals and Manager/ Arming Key Signals LED Board Multiplex Board Valves Full Flow Valve Pulsers Handles Intrinsically Safe Barrier Assembly Pulsers Slow Flow Valve Motor Relay Control Handles Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 Relay Board Suction System Product Relay to Suction Motor Tokheim Corporation 6-3 Troubleshooting Tips Dispenser Error Codes (Premier B & C) An error code is displayed in the volume display when the dispenser detects a problem. If your dispenser is equipped with the MaxVac Vapor Recovery System, refer to Section 8 if error codes 23, 24, or 31 thru 34 are displayed by your dispenser AND an error LED is on. The LEDs are located either on the Multiplex board (non-blend dispensers) or on the Blend Control board (blender dispensers). ERROR CODE DESCRIPTION OF ERROR CORRECTIVE ACTION The security code entered in mode F13 is invalid. The correct code must be entered to gain access to level 2 modes. The security code entered in Mode E01 is invalid. The correct security code must be entered to access level 3 modes. ERR 04 For blenders only: The number of bad sales has reached the bad sale limit as programmed in manager's mode F21. Make certain that a zero is not programmed in mode F21. To clear this error, the dispenser must be powered down and restarted. ERR 05 A memory (RAM) test failed on power up. The dispenser may have been powered down improperly (having a disconnected battery etc.). When this error occurs, check all programmed variables. Use the manager key to enter the manager modes and correct any values that might have changed. ERR 08 When a low battery (still capable of retaining memory) is detected, this error appears one minute after power up or after four consecutive battery tests, performed hourly. This error can be disabled by entering and exiting manager modes. However, if the battery is still low, this error will reappear 1 minute after the next power up. When a critically low battery (one that may not store sales data) is detected, this error appears one minute after power up or after four consecutive battery tests, performed hourly. This error can be disabled by entering and exiting the manager modes while the error is displayed. However, if the battery is still critically low, this error will reappear 1 minute after the next power up. This error should be serviced immediately because sales data could be lost. ERR 02 ERR 09 Tokheim Corporation 6-4 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Troubleshooting Tips Dispenser Error Codes (continued) ERR 11 – Err 26 appear on Blender dispensers only. ERROR CODE DESCRIPTION OF ERROR CORRECTIVE ACTION Dispensers equipped with the MaxVac Vapor Recovery System: If error codes 31 thru 34 are displayed AND a Multiplex Board LED is on, make sure that the power supply for the MaxVac option is on. The number of dispenser errors for ERR 3x (Err 31, 32, 33, & 34) hose (x) has reached the dispenser error limits as programmed Note: Err 3x and 4x will in manager mode appear on the side of the dispenser that has F21. The sale is the problem. terminated as a bad sale. Make certain that a zero is not programmed in mode F21. This mode indicates a potential problem with the Interface board, multiplex board, a pulser, pulser barrier board, pulser harness, or electrical interference. The number of bad sales for hose (x) has ERR 4x reached the bad sale (Err 41, 42, 43, & 44) limit as programmed in manager mode F21. Make certain zero is not programmed in mode F21. To clear this error, the dispenser must be powered down and restarted. ERR 11 Product 1 used for This error indicates dirty strainer blending is screens and filter. dispensing too slowly. ERR 12 Product 2 used for This error indicates dirty strainer blending is screens and filter. dispensing too slowly. ERR 13 Product 1 used for blending is not dispensing. This error indicates a defective submerged pump circuit, the impact valve under the dispenser, or a blend controller board. Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Tokheim Corporation 6-5 Troubleshooting Tips Dispenser Error Codes (continued) ERR 11 – Err 26 appear on Blender dispensers only. ERROR CODE DESCRIPTION OF ERROR CORRECTIVE ACTION ERR 14 Product 2 used for blending is not dispensing. Indicates a defective submerged pump circuit, the impact valve under the dispenser, or a blend controller board. ERR 15 Product 1 used for blending is uncontrollable because of severe pressure fluctuations. Indicates dirty strainer screens and filters. ERR 16 Product 2 used for blending is uncontrollable because of severe pressure fluctuations. Indicates dirty strainer screens and filters. E ERR 18 Product 2 is leaking into product 1 when only product 1 is called for. Indicates a bad blender valve or a check valve. ERR 19 Product 1 is leaking into product 2 when only product 2 is called for. An indication of a bad blender valve or a check valve. ERR 20 No communication with blend co-processor. This error indicates a potential problem with the Computer (CPU) board, Blend Controller board, Blend Co-processor EPROM, or a Mother board. Power down, then power up the dispenser. ERR 21 The number of dispenser errors for product 1 has reached the dispenser error limit as programmed in manager mode F21. The sale is terminated as a bad sale. This error indicates a potential problem with the Blend Controller board, Interface board, a pulser, pulser barrier board, pulser harness, or electrical interference. Tokheim Corporation 6-6 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Troubleshooting Tips Dispenser Error Codes (continued) ERR 11 – Err 26 appear on Blender dispensers only. ERROR CODE DESCRIPTION OF ERROR ERR 22 The number of dispenser errors for product 2 has reached the dispenser error limit as programmed in manager mode F21. The sale is terminated as a bad sale. CORRECTIVE ACTION This error indicates a potential problem with the Blend Controller board, Interface board, a pulser, pulser barrier, pulser harness, or electrical interference. Dispensers equipped with the MaxVac Vapor Recovery System: If error codes 23 or 24 are displayed AND a Blend Control Board LED is on, be sure that the power supply is on for the MaxVac option. ERR 23 Product 1 pulser is disconnected. This error indicates a disconnected or defective pulser, or a potential problem with the pulser harness or pulser barrier. ERR 24 Product 2 pulser is disconnected. This error indicates a disconnected or defective pulser, or a potential problem with the pulser harness or pulser barrier. ERR 25 The operator has attempted to dispense product from a blend hose with the blend ratio set to the default value (non). A valid blend ratio must be programmed in mode F26 before fuel can be dispensed from the blend hose. ERR 26 The blend ratio in the The blend ratio must be changed in dispenser does not mode F26 or in the console before match the blend ratio in fuel can be dispensed from the the console for that hose. blend hose. ERR 27 Upper limit on flow rate has been reached. Error occurs on extremely excessive flow rates. Raise a handle to clear error. Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Tokheim Corporation 6-7 Troubleshooting Tips Dispenser Error Codes (continued) ERR 39 & Err 49 only appear in dispensers with version QA dispenser software. ERROR CODE ERR 39 For Premier B / Wayne Retroheads Only ERR 49 For Premier B / Wayne Retroheads Only Tokheim Corporation 6-8 DESCRIPTION OF ERROR CORRECTIVE ACTION Difficullty in authorizing fuel sales from a hose controller. This is a Diagnostic Error Code and can only be viewed in mode F96. The hose controller is sending an invalid maximum delivery amount (000.00) and the dispenser is not accepting the sale authorization. An Err 39 is recorded only in the error history in mode F96. Enter mode F96 and verify that an Err39 has occured. Contact you ASR for an Engineering evaluation of the problem. Preset sales overshoot or undershoot desired amount. Calculations by the site controller results in maximum delivery errors on some preset sales. This is an indication of a flaw in the site controller software. An Err 49 is recorded only in the error history in mode F96. Enter mode F96 and verify an Err 49 has occured. Contact you ASR for an Engineering evaluation of the problem. Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 Standard DPT Section 7: PREMIER STANDARD DPT (Premier B & C) Scope For INSIGHT DPTs, see Section 8 This section contains technical information on the standard Dispenser Payment Terminals (DPT) for Premier B & C series dispensers. It includes information on diagnostic tests, troubleshooting, and communications settings for the following standard DPTs. • Standard DPT (includes Gasboy DPT) • Standard DPT with TDS (Tokheim Debit System) • Standard DPT with TDS Plus General The DPT allows a customer to perform cash or credit transactions at the dispenser without entering the store or interacting with a cashier. The Tokheim Debit System (TDS or TDS Plus) option allows the customer to perform debit transactions at the dispenser. The DPT is linked to a Site Controller via the Model 69 Interface Box using RS-485 communication protocols. See the block diagrams of the standard DPT types included in this section. The following table provides the DPT controller board and software required for the three types of standard DPTs: IMPORTANT Be aware that static electricity can result in circuit board failure. Precautions to prevent static discharge should be taken prior to touching a circuit board. Type of Dispenser Payment Terminal DPT Controller Board number Standard DPT Standard DPT with TDS DPT Controller Board Software version # 420929-4 JP.02.18.00+ 420929-13 (Premier C) 420929-10 (Premier B) MT.QD.01.00+ (Premier C) MT.QD.02.00+ (Premier B) 421844-1 MT.03.01.00+ Standard DPT with TDS Plus Section 7 Contents Component List for Standard DPT Assemblies (Premier B & C) .... 7-2 Subassembly Orientation (Premier B) .......................................... 7-2 Subassembly Orientation (Premier C) .......................................... 7-3 Standard DPT Information (Premier B & C) ................................... 7-4 Standard DPT with TDS Information (Premier B & C) .................... 7-9 Standard DPT with TDS Plus Information (Premier B & C) .......... 7-13 DPT Diagnostics (Premier B & C) ................................................ 7-18 Troubleshooting Standard DPT Problems (Premier B & C) .......... 7-21 Changing Paper on a Tear-Bar Printer (Premier B) ...................... 7-27 Changing Paper on a Standard Printer (Premier C) ..................... 7-29 Clearing a Paper Jam on a Standard Printer (Premier C) ............ 7-30 Cash Acceptor Lock Assemblies (Premier B & C) ......................................... 7-32 Access to the Cash Acceptor Cassette (Premier B) .............. 7-33 Removing the Cash Acceptor (Premier B) ............................ 7-33 Access to the Cash Acceptor Cassette (Premier C) .............. 7-34 Removing the Cash Acceptor (Premier C) ............................ 7-34 Dip Switches on the Cash Acceptor (Premier B & C) ............ 7-35 Card Reader Cleaning Procedure (Premier B & C) .............. 7-36 Adjusting Contrast of 4 x 20 DPT Display (Premier B & C) .......... 7-36 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Tokheim Corporation 7-1 Standard DPT Component List for Standard DPT Assemblies Includes Standard DPT with TDS & TDS Plus and Gasboy DPT (Premier B & C) A Standard DPT assembly consists of a Controller board and may contain any of the peripheral devices listed below. • Audio Transducer (beeper) • Card Reader • Cash Acceptor (Standard DPT and Standard DPT with TDS Plus only) • Customer Display • Printer • Keypad • Secure Pin Pad (Standard DPT with TDS Plus only) Subassembly Orientation - Standard DPT Assemblies Includes Standard DPT with TDS & with TDS Plus and Gasboy DPT (Premier B) Cash Acceptor Cash Acceptor Cassette DPT Printer DPT Controller Board Premier C Dispenser Head DPT Dial Assembly OR Tokheim Corporation 7-2 Non-DPT Panel (used when no DPT is present) Premier B (45") Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Standard DPT Subassembly Orientation - Standard DPT Assemblies Includes Standard DPT with TDS & with TDS Plus and Gasboy DPT (Premier C) Premier C (45") Cash Acceptor DPT Controller Board Handle/Pulser Barrier Assembly DPT Printer (attached to back of door) DPT Controller Boards Premier C (30") MaxVac System Boards Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Tokheim Corporation 7-3 Standard DPT DPT Block Diagram (Premier B & C) PAPER SENSOR PRINTER CONTROL BOARD PRINTER PAPER CUTTER J2 DPT BOARD 420929-4 J1 DISPENSER SIDE "A" TO POS / SITE CONTROLLER 69 INTERFACE BOX J4 J4 DPT BOARD 420929-4 BUZZER J5 J16 MOTHER BOARD ASSEMBLY J17 J5 DISPENSER SIDE "B" J8 J10 To Circuit Breakers J7 J6 J9 4 X 20 DISPLAY CASH ACCEPTOR J11 Blender Power sides A & B J12 J3 CARD READER J2 J1 OPTIONS POWER SUPPLY J4 240V J8 J7 J5 120V TRANSFORMER J6 AC Power from AC Distribution board J14 Connector and Test Point Locations LED 2 LED 1 J1 Test Point Number J8 Description TP1 Main input power; 23.5 to 24.5 VDC TP2 Paper cutter power; 23.5 to 24.5 VDC TP3 Printer power; 19.75 to 21.5 VDC TP4 Unregulated logic power; 7.25 to 11 VDC TP5 Battery voltage; DPT on = TP6 voltage DPT off = 3 to 3.4 VDC TP6 Regulated logic power; 4.75 to 5.25 VDC TP7 Display contrast adjust voltage; -4.75 to -5 VDC TP8 Gnd; System DCC J12 J2 J3 Note: Jumpers JU1 & JU4 are soldered and are not meant to be configured in the field SW2 LED 4, 5, 6, 7 LED 8 J9 Tokheim Corporation 7-4 J7 LED 3 J10 J4 J5 J11 J6 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Standard DPT Jumper and Switch Locations (Premier B & C) DPT Controller Board - 420929 SW2 Depressing SW2 initiates a hard reset to the DPT controller board processor and causes the dipswitch settings of SW1 to be read. SW1 U13 JU5 JU9 JU10 JU12 JU11 Jumper Settings Reference the jumper illustrations on the left and the jumper locations on the controller board shown above. Factory settings: Highlighted areas in the table below JUMPER JU5 1 2 1 OPEN ENABLED -------------------- DISABLED JU5 WATCHDOG* JU6 Normally open; when pins 1&2 are enabled, DPT enters diagnositcs. JU7 Normally open; AC low power detect is not used. JU8 BATTERY** JU9*** DISABLED ENABLED -------------------- SITE CONTROLLER COMMUNICATIONS HALF DUPLEX FULL DUPLEX -------------------- JU10*** SITE CONTROLLER COMMUNICATIONS HALF DUPLEX FULL DUPLEX -------------------- JU11*** SITE CONTROLLER COMMUNICATIONS HALF DUPLEX FULL DUPLEX -------------------- JU12 SITE CONTROLLER COMMUNICATIONS -------------------- -------------------- HALF DUPLEX 1 2 PINS 2&3 3 2 JU7 PINS 1&2 2 JU6 2 3 1 JU8 2 DESCRIPTION JU10 3 1 2 3 JU12 . 1 2 JU11 1 1 JU9 *The watchdog is the power supervision of the CPU board and should be enabled **The battery is the DPT, CPU board, RAM backup. ***These jumpers configure the CPU board for full or half duplex. Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Tokheim Corporation 7-5 Standard DPT Switch Settings (Premier B & C) SW1, Switch Positions 1 and 8 DPT Communication Rate Settings RS-485 COMMUNICATION RATE SET BY SWITCH SW1 SWITCH POS 1 UDC COMM2 PORT SWITCH POS 8 SITE CNTRLR COMM1 PORT COMM RATE (BPS) COMM RATE (BPS) PREMIER ON 19,200 ON 4800 OFF not used OFF 9600 Factory Settings: 1 = ON 8 = OFF GASBOY ONLY SW1, Switch Positions 1 and 8 Printer and Display Settings SW1, Switch Position 2 DPT Dispenser Side UDC COMM2 PORT PRINTER AND DISPLAY TYPE SET BY SWITCH SW1 SWITCH POSITION 1 PRINTER TYPE SWITCH POSITION 8 DISPLAY TYPE ON TEAR BAR ON 4 LINE OFF CUTTER BAR OFF 2 LINE SWITCH POS. 2 ADDRESS ON = (Side A) 1 OFF = (Side B) 2 Factory Settings: Side A = ON Side B = OFF SW1, Switch Positions 3 thru 7 DPT Address settings Site Controller COMM 1 Port IMPORTANT: Depending on the site controller used, these DPT Address Settings and the Dispenser Address Settings MUST match. SWITCH POSITION 3 4 5 6 Factory settings: Side A = address 1 Side B = address 2 SWITCH POSITION 7 ADDRESS (1-16) 3 4 5 6 7 ADDRESS (17-32) ON ON ON OFF 17 ON ON ON ON ON 1 ON OFF ON ON ON ON 2 OFF ON ON ON OFF 18 ON OFF ON ON ON 3 OFF OFF ON ON ON 4 ON OFF OFF OFF ON ON ON ON OFF OFF 19 20 ON ON OFF ON ON 5 ON ON OFF ON OFF 21 ON 6 OFF ON OFF ON OFF 22 OFF ON OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON ON 7 ON OFF OFF ON OFF 23 OFF OFF OFF ON ON 8 OFF OFF OFF ON OFF 24 ON ON ON OFF ON 9 ON ON ON OFF OFF 25 OFF ON ON OFF ON 10 OFF ON ON OFF OFF 26 ON OFF ON OFF ON 11 ON OFF ON OFF OFF 27 OFF OFF ON OFF ON 12 OFF OFF ON OFF OFF 28 ON ON OFF OFF ON 13 OFF ON OFF OFF ON 14 ON OFF ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 29 30 ON OFF OFF OFF ON 15 ON OFF OFF OFF OFF 31 16 OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 32 OFF OFF Tokheim Corporation 7-6 OFF OFF ON Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Standard DPT Controller Board Connectors (Premier B & C) J1 Beeper Connector 1 - Regulated +12 VDC 2 - Beeper On/Off J2 Printer Control/Data Connector 1 - Data write command signal 2 - Bit 0 data 3 - Bit 1 data 4 - Bit 2 data 5 - Bit 3 data 6 - Bit 4 data 7 - Bit 5 data 8 - Bit 6 data 9 - Bit 7 data 10 - No Connection 11 - +5 VDC printer logic power 12 - +5 VDC printer logic power 13 - No Connection 14 - System DCC, printer logic power 15 - System DCC, printer logic power 16 - System DCC, paper cutter 17 - No Connection 18 - System DCC, low paper sensor 19 - System DCC, printer power supply 20 - System DCC, printer power supply 21 - +20 VDC printer power supply 22 - +20 VDC printer power supply 23 - +24 VDC paper cutter power 24 - Relay active signal (to start paper cutter) 25 - Home position signal for paper cutter 26 - No Connection 27 - Paper low sensor (active low) 28 - Data busy (active low) 29 - Out of paper signal (active low) 30 - Data received by printer signal (active low) 31 - Printer error condition signal (active low) 32 - Reset printer signal (active low) J3 LED Backlight Connector 1 - Unregulated +8 VDC 2 - System DCC J4 Site Controller Port Connector 1 - System DCC 2 - System DCC 3 - +RS-485 (non-inverting) differential signal 4 - -RS-485 (inverting) differential signal J5 UDC Port Connector 1 - System DCC 2 - System DCC 3 - +RS-485 (non-inverting) differential signal 4 - -RS-485 (inverting) differential signal J6 Main Power Connector 1 - Regulated +24 VDC (23.5 to 24.5) 2 - Unregulated +8VDC (8 to 12.5) 3 - System DCC J7 Cash Acceptor Connector 1 - Cash Acceptor DCC, opto isolated 2 - Cash Acceptor +5VDC, opto isolated Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 3 - Cash Acceptor transmit, opto isolated 4 - Cash Acceptor receive, opto isolated Tokheim Corporation 7-7 Standard DPT Controller Board Connectors Defined (continued) J8 Display Board Connector 1 - +5 VDC power (4.75 to 5.25) 2 - System DCC 3 - Register select for display board 4 - Contrast control (-5 to +2.5 VDC) 5 - Upper 2 x 20 display decode signal 6 - Read/Write signal (R=1, W=0) 7 - Data signal bit 1 8 - Data signal bit 0 9 - Data signal bit 3 10 - Data signal bit 2 11 - Data signal bit 5 12 - Data signal bit 4 13 - Data signal bit 7 14 - Data signal bit 6 15 - Lower 2 x 20 display decode signal 16 - Display bezel ground, tied to DCC at standoff J9 Card Reader Connector 1 - Active low signal shows card is fully inserted 2 - Track 2 card data 3 - Active low signal shows card is moving through unit 4 - Indicates valid Track 2 data 5 - No Connection 6 - +5 VDC (4.75 to 5.25) for card reader logic 7 - System DCC 8 - Indicates valid Track 1 data 9 - Track 1 card data J10 Keypad Connector 1 - System DCC 2 - System DCC 3 - No Connection 4 - No Connection 5 - Keypad matrix, column 1 6 - Keypad matrix, column 2 7 - Keypad matrix, column 3 8 - Keypad matrix, column 4 9 - Keypad matrix, row 1 10 - Keypad matrix, row 2 11 - Keypad matrix, row 3 12 - Keypad matrix, row 4 13 - Keypad matrix, row 5 14 - Keypad matrix, row 6 15 - Not used 16 - Not used 17 - Not used 18 - Not used J11 Site Controller Port Connector (Gasboy Interface) 1 - System DCC 4 - Differential receive, non-inverting (Rx+) 2 - System DCC 5 - Differential transmit, non-inverting (Tx+) 3 - Differential receive, inverting (Rx-) 6 - Differential transmit, inverting (Tx-) J12 Cash Acceptor Switch Sensor Connector 1 - Active low signal, detects open security enclosure 2 - System DCC Light Emitting Diodes (LED’s) The LED will be on when the described signal is active LED1 Red Serial data is being received by the DPT from the Cash Acceptor LED2 Green Serial data is being transmitted by the DPT to the Cash Acceptor LED3 Red Diagnostic test signal defined by software LED4 Red Receive signal (RS-485) site controller port J4 LED5 Green Transmit signal (RS-485) site controller port J4 LED6 Red Receive signal (RS-485) UDC port J5 LED7 Green Transmit signal (RS-485) UDC port J5 LED8 Yellow +5VDC Logic power Tokheim Corporation 7-8 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Standard DPT Standard DPT with TDS (Premier B & C) The standard DPT with TDS Controller board (part # 420929-10 for Premier B, and 420929-13 for Premier C) is the same board as the Standard DPT controller board (part # 420929-4) with the addition of a battery to retain customer injection information in RAM memory while the dispenser is powered down. IMPORTANT NOTES: 1. The TDS network will not function properly without a TED unit installed. 2. The DPTs in the dispenser must have software version MT.QD.01.00 for Premier C or MT.QD.02.00 for Premier B installed. 3. Software version MT.QD.01.00 or higher does not support cash acceptors. The standard DPT with TDS controller board supports Debit functions by interfacing with a Model 170 TED (Tokheim Encryption Device) unit. The TED unit is attached to the Model 69 interface box cover. The TED unit enables secure communication between DPTs and the POS or Site Controller located in the main building. The TED unit is installed in the RS-485 communication link between the POS or Site Controller and the model 69 interface box. See additional TED unit information on page 7-11. Standard DPT with TDS Block Diagram PAPER SENSOR PRINTER PAPER CUTTER TO DISPLAY BOARD CONNECTOR J9 DISPENSER SIDE "A" TO POS / SITE CONTROLLER PRINTER CONTROL BOARD J2 DPT BOARD 420929-7 J1 DISPENSER SIDE "A" TED UNIT 69 INTERFACE BOX J4 J5 J16 MOTHER BOARD ASSEMBLY J4 J17 J5 DPT BOARD 420929-7 DISPENSER SIDE "B" J8 J10 To Circuit Breakers J7 J6 J9 4 X 20 DISPLAY CARD READER J11 Blender Power sides A & B J12 J3 J2 J1 OPTIONS POWER SUPPLY J4 J8 J7 J5 240V 120V TRANSFORMER J6 AC Power from AC Distribution board J14 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Tokheim Corporation 7-9 Standard DPT Jumper and Switch Locations for Standard DPT with TDS Controller Board (420929) The SW1 switch settings and controller board connector information on the standard DPT SW1 with TDS controller board are the same as the standard DPT controller board. U13 See pages 7-5, 7-6, and 7-7. JU5 JU9 JU10 JU12 JU11 SW2 Depressing SW2 initiates a hard reset to the DPT controller board processor and causes the dipswitch settings of SW1 to be read. Jumper Settings (Standard DPT with TDS) Reference the jumper illustrations on the left and the jumper locations on the controller board shown above. Factory settings: Highlighted areas in the table below JUMPER JU5 JU7 1 2 1 PINS 2&3 OPEN ENABLED -------------------- DISABLED JU6 Normally open; when pins 1&2 are enabled, DPT enters diagnositcs. JU7 Normally open; AC low power detect is not used. JU8 BATTERY** JU9*** DISABLED ENABLED -------------------- SITE CONTROLLER COMMUNICATIONS HALF DUPLEX FULL DUPLEX -------------------- JU10*** SITE CONTROLLER COMMUNICATIONS HALF DUPLEX FULL DUPLEX -------------------- JU11*** SITE CONTROLLER COMMUNICATIONS HALF DUPLEX FULL DUPLEX -------------------- JU12 SITE CONTROLLER COMMUNICATIONS -------------------- -------------------- HALF DUPLEX 1 2 2 JU6 PINS 1&2 WATCHDOG* 3 1 JU8 2 DESCRIPTION JU5 JU10 3 1 2 3 1 2 JU12 3 . 1 2 JU11 1 2 JU9 *The watchdog is the power supervision of the CPU board and should be enabled **The battery is the DPT, CPU board, RAM backup. ***These jumpers configure the CPU board for full or half duplex. Tokheim Corporation 7-10 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Standard DPT Standard DPT with TDS (Premier B & C) TDS and TED Connections MODEL 69 INTERFACE BOX (UP TO 16 DPTS) MODEL 69 INTERFACE BOX COVER (SEE DRAWING ON NEXT PAGE) 233568-2 (RS-485) POS/ SITE CONTROLLER TED UNIT PC BOARD J2 CNTL (RS-485) DPT J1 110 VAC 233568-1 (RS-485) GROUND WIRE CONNECTS HERE TO DPT CONNECTOR ON TED UNIT (DRAIN) NOT CONNECTED (DCC) WHT/BLUE (+RS485) GREEN (-RS485) RED 4 3 2 1 TO DPTS (IF CONNECTED) J1 One TED unit is required for up to 8 dispensers (16 DPTs). More than 16 DPTs require two TED units. TO DPTS (IF CONNECTED) CAUTION: WIRE COLORS MAY VARY FROM THOSE SHOWN TO DPTS (IF CONNECTED) 1 2 3 4 SHIELD (DRAIN) BLACK (DCC) WHITE (+RS485) RED (-RS485) MODEL 69 BOX BOARD (1 0F 4) ! WARNING: The Tokheim Encryption Device (TED) is a secure unit. DO NOT ATTEMPT TO OPEN. If the TED unit is tampered with, the ENCRYPTION PROGRAMMING will be ERASED. Model 170 TED unit Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Tokheim Corporation 7-11 Standard DPT Tokheim Encryption Device (TED) TED Mounting Bracket Assembly and Model 69 Box Cover MODEL 69 BOX COVER TOP DPT CONNECTOR CNTL CONNECTOR RED LEDS (2 PLACES) GREEN LED POWER CORD CONNECTOR BOTTOM OF TED UNIT Bottom view of TED Mounting Bracket assembly TO POS/ SITE CONTROLLER (COLORS MAY VARY) 1 = -RS485 2 = +RS485 3 = DCC 4 = DRAIN (SHIELD) PC BOARD J1 4321 GROUND WIRE CONNECTED HERE 1234 J2 BOTTOM VIEW Tokheim Corporation 7-12 TO TED (CNTL) 1 = NOT CONNECTED (DRAIN) 2 = (WHT/BLUE) DCC 3 = (GREEN) +RS485 4 = (RED) -RS485 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Standard DPT Controller Board - Standard DPT with TDS Plus (Premier B only) The Standard DPT with TDS Plus Controller board supports Debit functions by interfacing with a Secure PIN Encryption Device (SPED) located behind the 4x6 keypad on each side of a dispenser. The secure PIN encryption device is part of the Debit module shown in the diagram below. ! WARNING: The TDS Plus Debit Module is a secure unit. DO NOT ATTEMPT TO OPEN. If the TDS Plus Debit Module is tampered with, the ENCRYPTION PROGRAMMING will be ERASED. Block Diagram - Standard DPT with TDS Plus PAPER SENSOR PRINTER CONTROL BOARD PRINTER PAPER CUTTER J5 DPT BOARD 421844-2 J1 DISPENSER SIDE "A" TO POS / SITE CONTROLLER 69 INTERFACE BOX J9 J9 DPT BOARD 421844-2 BUZZER J16 J10 MOTHER BOARD ASSEMBLY J17 J10 DISPENSER SIDE "B" J7 To Circuit Breakers J3 J12 J6 Blender Power sides A & B J11 TDS Plus DEBIT MODULE Security Shield J2 4x6 Keypad J4 4 line x 20 Character Display Debit Board J3 CASH ACCEPTOR CARD READER J3 J2 OPTIONS POWER SUPPLY J4 J1 J1 J8 J7 J5 240V 120V TRANSFORMER J6 J5 AC Power from AC Distribution board J14 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Tokheim Corporation 7-13 Standard DPT Jumper and Switch Locations for Standard DPT with TDS Plus Controller Board (421844) J3 Cash Acceptor Communications JU1 J5 Printer Cable Note: Jumpers JU1 & JU3 are soldered and are not meant to be configured in the field JU3 JU11 NUMEROUS COMPONENTS ON THE BOARD HAVE BEEN OMITTED IN THIS DRAWING TO CLARIFY LOCATION OF JUMPERS. • JU4 JU2 1 SW1 Depressing SW2 initiates a hard reset to the DPT controller board processor and causes the dipswitch settings of SW1 to be read. JU7 JU8 JU9 JU10 JU6 JU5 SW2 1 1 1 • • • J6Card Reader Communications J7 Secure Pin Pad Communications J9 Site Controller Communications J12 J10 UDC DPT Power Communications Jumper Settings - Standard DPT with TDS Plus Controller Board Reference the jumper illustrations and locations on the controller board shown above. Factory settings: Highlighted areas in the table below JUMPER DESCRIPTION PINS 1&2 PINS 2&3 OPEN ENABLED ---------------- DISABLED JU4 WATCHDOG* JU5 Normally open; when pins 1&2 are enabled, DPT enters diagnositcs. JU6 Normally open; AC low power detect is not used. JU2 BATTERY** JU8*** DISABLED ENABLED --------------- SITE CONTROLLER COMMUNICATIONS HALF DUPLEX --------------- FULL DUPLEX JU9*** SITE CONTROLLER COMMUNICATIONS HALF DUPLEX FULL DUPLEX ---------------- JU10*** SITE CONTROLLER COMMUNICATIONS HALF DUPLEX FULL DUPLEX ---------------- JU7 SITE CONTROLLER COMMUNICATIONS FULL DUPLEX ---------------- HALF DUPLEX *The watchdog is the power supervision of the CPU board and should be enabled **The battery is the DPT, CPU board, RAM backup ***These jumpers configure the CPU board for full or half duplex. Tokheim Corporation 7-14 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Standard DPT Switch Settings - Standard DPT with TDS Plus Controller Board (Premier B & C) SW1, Switch Positions 1 and 8 DPT COMMUNICATION RATE SETTINGS RS-485 COMMUNICATION RATE SET BY SWITCH SW1 SWITCH POS 1 UDC COMM2 PORT SWITCH POS 8 SITE CNTRLR COMM1 PORT COMM RATE (BPS) COMM RATE (BPS) PREMIER ON 19,200 ON 4800 OFF not used OFF 9600 Factory settings: 1 = ON 8 = OFF SW1, Switch Position 2 DPT Dispenser side UDC COMM2 PORT SWITCH POS. 2 ADDRESS ON = (Side A) 1 OFF = (Side B) 2 Factory settings: Side A = ON Side B = OFF SW1, Switch Positions 3 through 7 DPT Address settings Site Controller COMM 1 Port IMPORTANT: Depending on the site controller used, these DPT Address Settings and the Dispenser Address Settings MUST match. SWITCH POSITION Factory settings: Side A = address 1 Side B = address 2 SWITCH POSITION 3 4 5 6 7 ADDRESS (1-16) ON ON ON ON ON 1 ON OFF ON ON ON ON 2 OFF ON ON ON OFF 18 ON OFF ON ON ON 3 OFF OFF ON ON ON 4 ON OFF OFF OFF ON ON ON ON OFF OFF 19 20 ON ON OFF ON ON 5 ON ON OFF ON OFF 21 3 4 5 6 7 ADDRESS (17-32) ON ON ON OFF 17 OFF ON OFF ON ON 6 OFF ON OFF ON OFF 22 ON OFF OFF ON ON 7 ON OFF OFF ON OFF 23 8 OFF OFF OFF ON OFF 24 OFF OFF OFF ON ON ON ON ON OFF ON 9 ON ON ON OFF OFF 25 OFF ON ON OFF ON 10 OFF ON ON OFF OFF 26 27 ON OFF ON OFF ON 11 ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF ON 12 OFF OFF ON OFF OFF 28 ON ON OFF OFF ON 13 OFF ON OFF OFF ON 14 ON OFF ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 29 30 ON OFF OFF OFF ON 15 ON OFF OFF OFF OFF 31 OFF OFF OFF OFF ON 16 OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 32 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Tokheim Corporation 7-15 Standard DPT Controller Board Connectors Defined for Standard DPT with TDS Plus J1 Beeper Connector 1 - Regulated +12 VDC 2 - Beeper On/Off J3 Cash Acceptor Connector 1 - Cash Acceptor DCC, opto isolated 2 - Cash Acceptor +5VDC, opto isolated 3 - Cash Acceptor transmit, opto isolated 4 - Cash Acceptor receive, opto isolated J4 Cash Acceptor Switch Sensor Connector 1 - Active low signal, detects open security enclosure 2 - System DCC J5 Printer Control/Data Connector 1 - Data write command signal 2 - Bit 0 data 3 - Bit 1 data 4 - Bit 2 data 5 - Bit 3 data 6 - Bit 4 data 7 - Bit 5 data 8 - Bit 6 data 9 - Bit 7 data 10 - No Connection 11 - +5 VDC printer logic power 12 - +5 VDC printer logic power 13 - No Connection 14 - System DCC, printer logic power 15 - System DCC, printer logic power 16 - System DCC, paper cutter 17 - No Connection 18 - System DCC, low paper sensor 19 - System DCC, printer power supply 20 - System DCC, printer power supply 21 - +20 VDC printer power supply 22 - +20 VDC printer power supply 23 - +24 VDC paper cutter power 24 - Relay active signal (to start paper cutter) 25 - Home position signal for paper cutter 26 - No Connection 27 - Paper low sensor (active low) 28 - Data busy (active low) 29 - Out of paper signal (active low) 30 - Data received by printer signal (active low) 31 - Printer error condition signal (active low) 32 - Reset printer signal (active low) J6 Card Reader Connector 1 - Active low signal shows card is fully inserted 2 - Track 2 card data 3 - Active low signal shows card is moving thru unit 4 - Indicates valid Track 2 data 5 - No Connection 6 - +5 VDC (4.75 to 5.25) for card reader logic 7 - System DCC 8 - Indicates valid Track 1 data 9 - Track 1 card data J7 Secure PIN Pad 1 - No connection 2 - +8V DC Unregulated 3 - -RS485 (inverting) differential signal 4 - +RS485 (non-inverting) differential signal 5 - Vo contrast voltage 6 - No Connection 7 - +VBatt Battery Output Voltage 8 - System DCC 9 - System DCC Tokheim Corporation 7-16 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Standard DPT Controller Board Connectors Defined for Standard DPT with TDS Plus (continued) J9 Site Controller Port Connector 1 - System DCC 2 - System DCC 3 - +RS-485 (non-inverting) differential signal 4 - -RS-485 (inverting) differential signal J10 UDC Port Connector 1 - System DCC 2 - System DCC 3 - +RS-485 (non-inverting) differential signal 4 - -RS-485 (inverting) differential signal J11 Site Controller Port Connector (Gasboy Interface) 1 - System DCC 4 - Differential receive, non-inverting (Rx+) 2 - System DCC 5 - Differential transmit, non-inverting (Tx+) 3 - Differential receive, inverting (Rx-) 6 - Differential transmit, inverting (Tx-) J12 Main Power Connector 1 - Regulated +24 VDC (23.5 to 24.5) 2 - Unregulated +8VDC (8 to 12.5) 3 - System DCC Light Emitting Diodes (LED’s) The LED will be on when the described signal is active LED1 Red Serial data is being received by the DPT from the Cash Acceptor LED2 Green Serial data is being transmitted by the DPT to the Cash Acceptor LED3 Red Diagnostic test signal defined by software LED4 Red Receive signal (RS-485) Secure PIN Pad J7 LED5 Green Transmit signal (RS-485) Secure PIN Pad J7 LED6 Red Receive signal (RS-485) Site controller port J9 LED7 Green Transmit signal (RS-485) Site controller port J9 LED8 Red Receive signal (RS-485) UDC port J10 LED9 Green Transmit signal (RS-485) UDC port J10 LED10 Yellow +5VDC Logic power Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Tokheim Corporation 7-17 Standard DPT Standard DPT Diagnostics (Premier B & C) Methods to Enter Diagnostics The preferred method to enter diagnostics is listed first. • Enter mode 98, followed by a keypress on the operator interface keypad • Jumper JU6 is connected when DPT is powered up (use only when above method fails). Diagnostics Entered When diagnostics is entered, this display appears. Press Upper Left Key to Continue LL = lower left LR = lower right UL = upper left UR = upper right Once the upper left key is pressed, the diagnostics main menu is displayed: LL=Go LR=End UL=Next Diagnostic Test Name Instruction Header Menu Window where main menu choices scroll through The top line of text remains fixed, and instructs the operator which key to press in order to: GO do the test, END diagnostics, or scroll to the NEXT test. Tests which require operator action will time out within several seconds and return to the Main Menu if no operator input occurs within the time-out period. For example, the Card Reader Test times out in approximately eight seconds if no operator input occurs. Tokheim Corporation 7-18 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Standard DPT Standard DPT Diagnostics (continued) TEST (Test Availability): S = Standard DPT T = Standard DPT with TDS P = Std. DPT with TDS Plus PROBABLE CAUSE IF ABNORMAL NORMAL INDICATION CORRECTIVE ACTION Version and checksum (S, P) The version number and checksum of the DPT controller board software is displayed. "Version: xxxxxxxx U13 Checksum = xxxx" N/A N/A Version Number (T) The version number of the DPT controller board software is displayed. N/A N/A Printer Test (S, P) Customer display will blank, test pattern is printed, paper is cut If error, display: PRINTER ERROR If ok, display: TEST COMPLETE Defective printer Replace the printer Printer paper release lever is up. Check paper release lever. Out of paper Check paper. If fault still exists, replace the DPT controller board. Card Reader Test (S, P) Success or failure indicated on DPTdisplay. Dirty card reader "Enter a card" "Track 1: Ok Track 2: Ok" Clean card reader with Card Reader Cleaner, part number 2-232990 (qty. 50). Available from Tokheim Service Parts "Remove the card" Defective card reader Try card on another card reader. Replace the card reader. If fault still exists, replace the DPT Controller board. Card inserted wrong Insert card correctly Keyboard Test (S, P) As each key is pressed, the display shows the key #, and a tone is heard. Defective Keypad Replace the keypad. If fault still exists, replace the DPT controller board. Read DIP Switch (S, T, P) Customer display shows the communication rates and address settings from DIP switch SW1. DIP switch settings on SW1 not set correctly Set DIP switches correctly. If fault still exists, replace DPT Controller board. (see Switch Settings" in this section for more information) (example) "Comm 1 9600 Addr 1 Comm 2 19200 Addr 1" Watch Dog Test (S, P) System reset will occur. (Watch dog enable jumper JU5 must be connected) Defective DPT controller board Replace the DPT controller board Display Test (S, P) For 5 seconds: black squares are displayed, for next 5 seconds, numbers, and letters are displayed. Defective DPT display Replace the display. If fault still exists, replace the DPT controller board. RAM Test (S, P) Display: RAM TEST IN PROGRESS, followed by RAM OK. If error: IC U5 FAILED. Defective DPT controller board Check jumper settings. Replace the DPT controller board. (DPT Diagnostics continued on next page) Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Tokheim Corporation 7-19 Standard DPT Standard DPT Diagnostics (continued) TEST NAME (Test Availability): S = Standard DPT T = STD DPT with TDS P = STD DPT with TDS Plus NORMAL INDICATION PROBABLE CAUSE IF ABNORMAL CORRECTIVE ACTION Comm Loop-Back Test & Full Duplex Test (S) Message showing result is displayed for each test. (test cables are available through Tokheim Service Parts) Defective DPT controller board Replace the DPT controller board. Display Statistics (S) Three sets of four statistics are shown for five seconds each. Defective DPT controller board Replace the DPT controller board Clear Statistics (S) The sets of statistics in previous tests are set to zero. "Stats are cleared" Defective DPT controller board Replace the DPT controller board Print Receipt Header (S) Receipt header is printed and paper is cut if header information has been downloaded from the POS. Defective DPT controller board Replace the DPT controller board Comm Monitor Test (S, P) DPT display will indicate status of each COMM line: On Line or Off Line. Defective DPT controller board Replace the DPT controller board Read Printer Sensors (S, P) Determines quantity of paper in printer: PRINTER PAPER FULL PRINTER PAPER LOW PRINTER PAPER OUT Defective printer Out of paper Replace the printer. Add paper. If fault still exists, replace the DPT controller board. Battery-Backed RAM Test (S, P) Displays PASS or FAIL as determined by the RAM test. Defective DPT controller board Replace the DPT controller board Bill Acceptor Test (S, P) Accepts paper money. Displays the value of the money. Returns the paper money. Defective Cash acceptor or DPT controller board Replace the cash acceptor. If fault still exists, replace the DPT controller board. Bill Acceptor Vers (S, P) Shows model number and software version number of the cash acceptor. Defective or disconnected Cash acceptor Check cash acceptor cables, power, and DPT Controller board LEDs. Show All Messages (S) Press upper left key to show messages. (Msg 1) Press LR key to end. Defective DPT controller board Replace the DPT controller board Injection Info (T) Displays injection status of module, prompts, and keypad definition. Defective or missing TED unit in network or DPT debit module not injected. Replace or add TED unit to network or replace DPT debit module. Show Printer Type (S, P) "Tear Bar" (Premier B) "Cutter" (Premier C) Tokheim Corporation 7-20 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Standard DPT Troubleshooting Standard DPT Communication Problems ( Premier B & C) SYMPTOM System cannot communicate with a DPT (cannot run sales) PROBABLE CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION If problem appears to be with one dispenser (both sides): Console not polling DPTs Reinitialize Console Defective communications cables from model 69 box to site controller Use conventional troubleshooting methods to check cable Defective B & B connector Replace B & B connector DPT communications board failure in site controller Replace communications board in site controller DPT communications cable connected to wrong port Connect to correct port Tokheim site controller communications board not seated properly Properly seat board Failure of one DPT, locking up all DPTs Remove power from DPTs one at a time If problem appears to be with one dispenser (both sides): Power supply failure Replace options power supply DPT power switches not on Turn on DPT power switches Model 69 box switches set offline Set Model 69 switches to on-line DPT was disabled, then enabled while a download from the site controller was in process Wait for site controller to time out or power down, then power up site controller If problem appears to be with one DPT: TDS+ debit module failure Replace options power supply DPT assigned wrong address Verify that all DPTs have unique addresses on this DPT line. Verify that SW1 address setting and site controller programmed addresses are the same. DPT not activated Activate DPT at site controller DPT controller board failure. Replace DPT controller board Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Tokheim Corporation 7-21 Standard DPT Troubleshooting Standard DPT Communication Problems ( continued) SYMPTOM Intermittent loss of communications PROBABLE CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION Noise induced into communication lines 1. Verify dispensers, interface boxes, and consoles are properly grounded per the installation manual. 2. Verify all equipment is on same electrical phase. 3. Verify DPT cable is of correct type, size, and rating. 4. Verify ACH & ACC for lights and electronics are separate and not crossed wired (per Installation manual). 5. Verify connections in dispenser and interface boxes. DPT lockup due to lower reliability of old level software Upgrade DPT software Communication dropout due to failing protocol converter (B & B connector) Replace protocol converter Improperly installed or failing cable between interface box and POS Verify installation and connectors, or replace cable Communication dropout due to failing component or file corruption in POS Reload and/or repair POS Loss of communication on 1/3 to 2/3 of DPTs on site Logical failure on controller or POS perventing certain DPTs from being polled by POS Reload software and/or repair POS/controller DPT constantly displays "OUT OF SERVICE" or "PLEASE SEE CASHIER - OUT OF ORDER" Network is off-line Wait for network to come on-line Console is in Manager's Mode Wait for manager to exit to sales mode Console is completing a shift report Wait for shift report to end Console is not configured correctly Configure console correctly for this DPT Tokheim Corporation 7-22 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Standard DPT Troubleshooting Standard DPT Display Problems ( Premier B & C) SYMPTOM DPT display is blank DPT display is dark DPT display has solid squares on the top line of display DPT display is garbled PROBABLE CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION No power to DPT Check DPT power switch, circuit breaker on options power supply, and circuit breakers on AC distribution board DPT display is not connected Connect display to DPT controller DPT display failure Replace DPT display Contrast is not set correctly Check contrast adjustment Defective TDS+ debit module Replace debit module Keypad failure Turn off power, disconnect the keypad, turn power back on: - If the display returns to normal operation, turn power back off and replace keypad. - If fault still exists, reconnect keypad, and check other possible causes. DPT controller board failure Replace DPT controller board Backlight connector is not connected to DPT Connect backlight connector to AC Distribution board Contrast is not set correctly Check contrast adjustment Defective backlight Replace DPT display backlight fluorescent tube DPT controller board failure Replace DPT controller board Display connector has been jarred loose Ensure connector is tight Toggle DPT power switch on Options Power Supply Defective ribbon cable Replace cable DPT controller board failure Replace DPT controller board DPT not initialized properly Remove DPT power, remove DPT battery jumper, replace DPT battery jumper and restore DPT power DPT controller board failure Replace DPT controller board Defective display Replace display Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Tokheim Corporation 7-23 Standard DPT Troubleshooting Standard DPT Operational Problems ( Premier B & C) SYMPTOM DPT keypad does not work DPT card reader does not work DPT will not print receipts Tokheim Corporation 7-24 PROBABLE CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION DPT keypad is not connected to UDC display board Connect the DPT keypad to UDC display board Keypad failure Replace keypad Defective UDC display board, mother board, or ribbon cable Replace defective assembly Card reader not connected to DPT controller board Connect card reader to DPT controller board Card reader failure Replace card reader DPT not activated Activate DPT and let it initialize DPT controller board failure Replace DPT controller board No AC power at DPT Turn on DPT power at Options Power Supply Paper release lever not engaged on printer Set printer release lever to proper position Out of paper Install new roll of paper Printer connector not connected at DPT printer or DPT contolller board Make proper connections at the printer or DPT controller board Paper jammed Remove paper jam; if necessary, remove paper cutter assembly Paper not inserted correctly Insert paper with heat sensitive side up Did not answer YES to receipt question Answer YES to receipt question when it appears Not using heat sensitive paper Obtain correct paper from Tokheim Service Parts (219-470-4710) Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Standard DPT Troubleshooting Standard DPT Operational Problems ( continued) SYMPTOM Authorization request immediately fails PROBABLE CAUSE Dispenser not assigned to this DPT CORRECTIVE ACTION Assign dispenser to this DPT in dispenser assignment mode Verify that SW1 address setting and site controller programmed address are the same Authorization request fails after a few moments DPT does not prompt customers in regard to fleet and debit transactions DPT controller board failure Replace DPT controller board Console not configured correctly Correctly configure console for DPT sales Network failure Console has lost communications with network Fuel sale due at console Collect sale and try again DPT controller board failure Replace DPT controller board Console powered up before the site controller was powered up Toggle power on the console while site controller is on Defective site controller software Install new site controller software TED injected incorrectly Replace TED unit DPT debit module not injected Replace DPT debit module Site controller not enabled for outside debit Enable outside debit on site controller TED not installed Install TED in system DPT controller board software does not support debit functions Replace DPT board software with TDS or TDS Plus software Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Tokheim Corporation 7-25 Standard DPT Troubleshooting Tokheim Encryption Device (TED) Problems SYMPTOM PROBABLE CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION CNTL red LED off, red LED flashing POS / Site controller not polling DPTs Reset the POS / Site Controller and force a download to the DPTs DPT red LED off, CNTL red LED flashing TED unit did not download injection information into the DPTs Check DPT diagnostics for correct injection message: Incorrect: Replace TED unit Correct: Call ASR Both red LEDs off TED unit is unplugged Check the connections on the TED unit power cord. Check the 110 VAC outlet for power. INJ port green LED off, not flashing TED unit not injected Replace TED unit INJ port green LED continues flashing after five seconds Attempting to load injection information Unplug TED unit from 110 VAC outlet, then plug back in Tokheim Corporation 7-26 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Standard DPT Changing Paper on a Tear-Bar Printer (Premier B) Reference the illustrations below and on the next page for the following instructions. To prevent jamming and to preserve print quality, use the thermal paper recommended below. From side "A": 1. Install a new paper roll in printer using the instructions found on the printer frame. 2. After the test receipt has printed, insert the test receipt end through the printer dial receipt slot. 3. Close and lock printer dial. Pull receipt down to tear off. INSTRUCTIONS PRINTER DIAL RECEIPT SLOT Thermal Paper Specifications Package: 50 rolls per case Paper type: Thermal Part No.: Tokheim 5-230492 Shelf life: 5 years (when stored in darkness below 25° C, relative humidity of 65%) The DPT printer paper can be ordered through: Tokheim Service Parts voice: (219) 470-4710 FAX: 1-800-866-1999 E-mail: parts@tokheim.com Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Tokheim Corporation 7-27 Standard DPT Changing Paper on a Tear-Bar Printer (continued) Below is a rear view of the tear-bar printer showing the location and orientation of the printer paper roll. Tokheim Corporation 7-28 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Standard DPT Changing Paper on a Standard Printer (Premier C) To prevent jamming and to preserve print quality, use the thermal paper recommended below. 1. Unlock and open the left door of the electronics enclosure with a TPX-88 key. The printer is mounted to the back of the door. 2. Push in on the two retaining tabs () to remove the old paper roll. 3. Install a new paper roll with the paper coming off of the roll as shown (). 4. Route the paper as shown and guide the edge of the paper into the printer mechanism slot (). The printer (with power applied) will sense the presence of the paper and pull the paper into the print mechanism. A test receipt will be printed and delivered to the receipt chute (not shown). 5. Remove and inspect the receipt. 6. Turn the paper roll back the opposite direction to take up any slack paper. 7. Close the door and lock it using the TPX-88 key. Thermal Paper Specifications Package: 50 rolls per case Paper type: Thermal Part No.: Tokheim 1-233712 Shelf life: 5 years (when stored in darkness below 25° C, relative humidity of 65%) Order printer paper from: Tokheim Service Parts Phone: (219) 470-4710 FAX: 1-800-866-1999 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Tokheim Corporation 7-29 Standard DPT Clearing a Paper Jam on a Standard Printer (Premier C) 1. Unlock and open the left door of the electronics enclosure with a TPX-88 key. The printer is mounted to the back of the door. Pull the paper release lever () down to allow the paper to be removed from the printer () and cutter () mechanisms. The release lever is located on the right side of the printer mechanism as shown in the illustration below. Push in on the two retaining tabs () and remove the paper roll. Pull the paper holder assembly release knob () and rotate the paper holder assembly to the right and up. See illustration on next page. Turn the printer assembly release knob () counterclockwise until loose. Carefully rotate the hinged printer assembly away from the receipt chute ( ), allowing it to rest in its full open position. The printer mechanism and cutter mechanism is now exposed. Rotate the cutter mechanism () up and away from the printer mechanism. Gently push out on the release tabs located on both sides of the printer mechanism () while lifting the cutter mechanism. Carefully remove any paper found in the locations shown. Read CAUTION note on next page. Return the cutter () to its original position. Rotate the printer assembly back to its original position and secure it by turning the printer assembly release knob () clockwise until tight. Pull the paper holder release knob () and rotate the paper holder assembly back to its original position. Reinstall the paper roll by following the instructions on the previous page. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Tokheim Corporation 7-30 "feed" button – Press once to advance paper one line. Hold to advance paper continuously. "cut" button – Press to cut the paper. Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Standard DPT Clearing a Paper Jam on a Standard Printer (continued) ! CAUTION Do not use screwdrivers or any other tools to remove paper from inside the printer or cutter mechanisms. Severe damage could occur. CAREFULLY REMOVE ANY PIECES OF PAPER FOUND IN THESE LOCATIONS (SEE CAUTION ABOVE) Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 May 2000 Tokheim Corporation 7-31 Standard DPT Premier B & C Cash Acceptor Lock Assemblies Tokheim does not furnish lock assemblies for the Cash Acceptor in order to assure customer security. Lock assemblies for the Cash Acceptor are available from: Midwest Vending Security, Inc. 3350 Secor Road Toledo, OH 43606 (419) 534-6886 Vault: Lock, Coded : Lock, Cam : Key : 60W0750T-219-M7 CT-D05 KEY-M743 Cassette: Lock, Coded : Lock, Cam : Key : 60W0850T-223-M7 CT-C00 KEY-M743 A Premier B Dispenser Head is shown in this illustration. Premier C uses the same Cash Acceptor assembly. 421498-2 ISSUED 2/15/94 Tokheim Corporation 7-32 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 May 2000 Standard DPT Premier B & C Cash Acceptor (continued) Access to the Cash Acceptor Cassette (Premier B) 1. Unlock and remove the access panel on the side opposite of the cash acceptor you want to empty. 2. The cassette is now accessible for removal. Cash Acceptor Cash Acceptor Cassette Premier Dispenser Head DPT Dial Assembly Cash Acceptor Mounting Screw Locations Rail for Product ID Panel Removing the Cash Acceptor (Premier B) Refer to the illustration above and on the previous page for the following instructions. 1. Open the DPT dial assembly to gain access to the cash acceptor mounting hardware. Refer to the instructions in section 2 for opening the DPT dial. 2. Move the product ID panel to expose cash acceptor mounting screw: • Remove the two Phillips screws securing the right end cap on the product ID panel rail. • Remove the end cap and slide the product ID panel to the right until the hex head screw below the cash acceptor is exposed. 3. Remove the 3 hex head screws securing the cash acceptor. 4. Open the access panel on the opposite side of the dispenser and remove the cash acceptor through this opening. Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 May 2000 Tokheim Corporation 7-33 Standard DPT Premier B & C Cash Acceptor (continued) Access to the Cash Acceptor Cassette (Premier C - 45" only) 1. Using a TPX 88 key, unlock and open the left door of the electronics head (enclosure). 2. The cassette for the Cash Acceptor on the opposite side of the dispenser is now accessible for removal. Open left door on opposite side of dispenser to remove cash acceptor and cassette. Premier C Dispenser Head Cash Acceptor Removing the Cash Acceptor (Premier C) Refer to the illustrations for the following instructions. 1. Open the far right door to gain access to the cash acceptor mounting hardware. 2. Remove 3 hex washer head screws (shown below) from the cash acceptor bracket. 3. Remove the cash acceptor from the dispenser head (out the other side). 4. Remove 4 round-head machine screws, lockwashers, and hex nuts securing the bracket to the cash acceptor. Remove these screws first Tokheim Corporation 7-34 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 May 2000 Standard DPT Premier B & C Cash Acceptor (continued) DIP Switches on MARS Electronics Series 3000 Bill Acceptor Two banks of dip switches are located on the Cash Acceptor Assembly (Part # 1-321055) as shown below. Position descriptions of the dip switches are shown in the tables below. #1 #2 DIP SWITCH BANK #1 SW # ON DIP SWITCH BANK #2 SW # OFF 1 $1 Bill ALLOWED $1 Bill NOT ALLOWED 1 2 $2 Bill ALLOWED $2 Bill NOT ALLOWED 2 3 $5 Bill ALLOWED $5 Bill NOT ALLOWED 3 4 $10 Bill ALLOWED $10 Bill NOT ALLOWED 4 5 $20 Bill ALLOWED $20 Bill NOT ALLOWED 5 6 $50 Bill ALLOWED $50 Bill NOT ALLOWED 6 7 $100 Bill ALLOWED $100 Bill NOT ALLOWED 8 Test Mode Normal Operating Mode ON OFF See the Way Accept Table below. Do Not Change the Factory Settings 7 Calibration Mode Normal Operating Mode 8 Coupons Allowed Coupons Not Allowed WAY ACCEPT TABLE 4 WAY 1 WAY 2 WAY 4 WAY SWITCH 1 OFF ON OFF ON SWITCH 2 OFF OFF ON ON 1 way = Face up, green seal first 2 way = Face up, both ways 4 way = Face Up or face down, both ways Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 May 2000 Tokheim Corporation 7-35 Standard DPT Card Reader Cleaning Procedure (Premier B & C) The Card Reader in the DPT uses a magnetic reader head (much like the one found in a tape recorder) to read the magnetic stripe on the cards. Periodically, this heads require maintenance, and in extremely dirty conditions MUST be cleaned regularly. The recommended method of cleaning involves the use of a saturated, specially constructed, disposable, cleaning card. Head cleaning MUST be performed periodically to ensure the integrity of the data being processed, and to reduce the need for costly service calls. 1. Obtain disposable CREDIT CARD READER CLEANER from Tokheim Service Parts (P/N: 2-232990; box of 50). 2. Remove cleaning card from the CREDIT CARD READER CLEANER envelope. 3. Insert cleaning card into the card reader several times. Turn the card over each time it is inserted so the magnetic head on each side is cleaned. 4. After the cleaning card has been run through the card reader, wait long enough to allow the cleaning card to dry. 5. Again insert the cleaning card into the reader to allow the dried cleaning card surface to remove leftover stubborn contaminants. 6. Discard the cleaning card after use. If a card reader problem existed and cleaning does not correct the problem, replace the card reader assembly. Adjusting Contrast of 4 x 20 DPT Display (Premier B & C) DPT Display Board - Standard DPT & Standard DPT with TDS Rear View of 4 x 20 Display Board Connector CONTRAST ADJUSTMENT Turn the contrast adjustment screw clockwise to darken the contrast and counterclockwise to lighten the contrast. Tokheim Corporation 7-36 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 May 2000 INSIGHT DPT Section 8: INSIGHT™ DPT (Premier B & C) Scope This section includes information on diagnostic tests, troubleshooting, and communications settings for INSIGHT DPT, INSIGHT DPT with TDS (Tokheim Debit System), and INSIGHT DPT with TDS Plus. General The INSIGHT DPT allows a customer to perform cash or credit transactions at the dispenser without entering the store or interacting with a cashier. The Tokheim Debit System (TDS or TDS Plus) option allows the customer to perform debit transactions at the dispenser. The INSIGHT DPT is linked to a Site Controller via the Model 69 Interface Box using RS-485 communication protocols. See the block diagram of the INSIGHT DPT on page 8-3. The following table provides the hardware and software required for the three types of INSIGHT DPTs: IMPORTANT Be aware that static electricity can result in circuit board failure. Precautions to prevent static discharge should be taken prior to touching a circuit board. Type of Dispenser Payment Terminal TED (Tokheim Encryption Device) unit revision number - DPT Controller Board number DPT Controller Board Software version # InSight DPT Not Applicable 1-422335 MT.PQ.05.00+ Insight DPT with TDS R.0300 2-422335 (Rev. 174103 or greater only - with battery) MT.PQ.05.00+ Insight DPT with TDS Plus Not Applicable 1-422335 MT.PQ.05.00+ located on the UPC label on the bottom of the TED unit Section 8 Contents Component List for INSIGHT DPT Assemblies (Premier B & C) ... 8-2 INSIGHT Operation in Native Mode and Graphic Mode ................ 8-2 Subassembly Orientation (Premier B) ........................................... 8-3 INSIGHT Block Diagram (Premier B & C) ..................................... 8-3 INSIGHT DPT Controller Board (Premier B & C) LED and Test Point Locations ................................................. 8-4 Jumper and Switch Locations ................................................. 8-6 Configuring INSIGHT DPT Controller Board ........................... 8-7 INSIGHT Board Connectors ................................................... 8-9 Graphic DPT Display Board (Premier B & C) .............................. 8-12 Keypad Keycodes (Premier B & C) ............................................. 8-13 Diagnostic Tests (Premier B & C) ................................................ 8-14 Communication Problems (Premier B & C) ................................. 8-17 DPT Display Problems (Premier B & C) ...................................... 8-18 Operational Problems (Premier B & C) ....................................... 8-20 Graphic Printer Problems (Premier B & C) .................................. 8-21 Card Reader Cleaning (Premier B & C) ...................................... 8-21 Changing Paper on a Graphic Printer (Premier B) ...................... 8-22 Clearing a Paper Jam on a Graphic Printer (Premier B) ............. 8-25 Changing Paper on an INSIGHT DPT Printer (Premier C) .......... 8-27 Clearing a Paper Jam on an INSIGHT DPT Printer (Premier C) . 8-28 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Tokheim Corporation 8-1 INSIGHT DPT Component List for INSIGHT DPT Assemblies Includes INSIGHT DPT with TDS & TDS Plus (Premier B & C) INSIGHT DPT assemblies consists of a Controller board and may contain any of the peripheral devices listed below. • Audio Transducer (beeper) • Card Reader • Cash Acceptor • Graphic Customer Display • Graphic Customer Display with Softkeys on each side of the Display • Graphic Printer (3 versions) - Printer only - with 4x6 keypad - with Debit Module • Printer (with a paper cutter and low paper sensor) INSIGHT Operation in Native Mode and Graphic Mode Operation of the INSIGHT DPT in Native Mode or Graphic Mode is Site Controller (POS) dependent. No dipswitch or DPT programming changes are necessary for operation in either mode. If your POS supports graphics, the INSIGHT DPT will automatically run in Graphic Mode. To determine if your POS can be upgraded to support Graphic Mode, please reference your Site Controller manual or contact Technical Support for the Site Controller. 1. Native Mode refers to the non-Graphic use of the INSIGHT DPT and Receipt Printer. If your POS (Site Controller) does not support graphics, the INSIGHT DPT will automatically run in Native Mode. The INSIGHT graphic display will display all messages as text, using four lines centered on the screen. The Softkeys (ATM-style keypad buttons on each side of the display) will not be functional in this mode. The 4-row by 6-column keypad is used for programming when operating in Native Mode. 2. Graphic Mode refers to the ability of INSIGHT to: • • • • Tokheim Corporation 8-2 Utilize all nine text lines of the 5.7" screen rather than just four. Display graphics by using one or more of the 15 animations stored in INSIGHT or by displaying graphics downloaded by the site controller/POS. Print graphics on the graphic printer, including company logos and bar codes. Operate in an ATM style of operation by letting the customer select/make purchase decisions using the softkeys located on each side of the display panel. Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 INSIGHT DPT Subassembly Orientation (Premier B) For Premier C Subassembly Orientation, see Section 7. INSIGHT components are located in the same area as the standard components. INSIGHT Block Diagram (Premier B & C) TO POS / SITE CONTROLLER 320x240 B&W Graphic Display PRINTER CASH ACCEPTOR J5 J9 TED UNIT GRAPHIC DPT BOARD 1-422335 69 INTERFACE BOX J16 DISPENSER SIDE "B" J9 J3 J6 CARD READER J7 GRAPHIC DPT BOARD 1-422335 J2 4x6 Keypad J4 4 line x 20 Character Display BUZZER J16 J17 MOTHER BOARD ASSEMBLY J10 DISPENSER SIDE "A" TDS Plus DEBIT MODULE Security Shield J10 Debit Board J3 AC Power from AC Distribution Board J12 J1 J13 J14 J5 J15 J3 J8 240V J4 J1 J5 4x6 Kepad 1x5 SoftKeys 1x5 SoftKeys Connection to the keypad is through the dispenser display board Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 OPTIONS POWER SUPPLY J1 J7 120V TRANSFORMER J6 J2 To Circuit Breakers Blender Power Tokheim Corporation 8-3 INSIGHT DPT INSIGHT DPT Controller Board (Premier B & C) LED and Test Point Locations The picture below shows its orientation of the INSIGHT DPT controller board when installed in the dispenser. Refer to the next page for descriptions of the LEDs and Test Points. SW1 LEDS 7 6 5 4 LED3 LED8 LEDS 2 1 9 10 JU2 JU5 JU7 BATTERY P7 GND P6 +5V Tokheim Corporation 8-4 P5 +8V P4 P3 +12V +24V P2 BAT P1 -5V Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 INSIGHT DPT INSIGHT DPT Controller Board (Premier B & C) LEDs and Test Points Defined (Premier B & C) Status LEDs Diagnostic LEDs LE D NUMBER LE D COLOR SIGNAL DESCRIPTION 1 Red Cash Acceptor (J3) serial data received by DPT 2 Green Cash Acceptor (J3) serial data transmitted by DPT 3 Red CPU Status (Software defined) 4 Red Site Controller communications (J9) Receivedata signal 5 Green Site Controller communications (J9) Transmit data signal 6 Red UDC communications (J5) Receive data signal 7 Green UDC communications (J5) Transmit data signal 8 Yellow +5 VDC Power 9 Green Debit Module (J7) Transmit data signal 10 Red Debit Module (J7) Receive data signal Test Points TEST POINT LABEL VOLTAGE RANGE P1 -5 VDC -4.75 VDC to -5.0 VDC Display Contrast P2 VBATT DPT Power ON: approx. = TP6 DPT Power OFF: +3 VDC to +3.4 VDC Backup Battery Power P3 +24 VDC +23.5 VDC to +24.5 VDC Graphic Printer Power P4 +12 VDC +11.4 VDC to +12.6 VDC Beeper Power P5 +8 VDC +7.25 VDC to +11 VDC Input to Board Power Regulator P6 +5 VDC +4.75 VDC to +5.25 VDC Output from Board Power Regulator P7 GND 0 VD C System DCC Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 USED FOR: Tokheim Corporation 8-5 INSIGHT DPT Jumper and Switch Locations SW1 JU2 BATTERY JU5 JU7 Depressing SW2 initiates a hard reset to the controller board processor and causes the dipswitch settings of SW1 to be read. SW2 Jumper Settings JUMPER The shaded areas indicate factory settings. DESCRIPTION PINS 1 & 2 OPEN DIAGNOSTICS NORMAL OPERATION JU2 FACTORY USE ONLY JU5 WATCHDOG* ENABLED DISABLED JU7 POWER FAIL DETECT ENABLED DISABLED Examples of Jumpers 1 2 1 2 OPEN JUMPER ENABLED JUMPER 1 2 3 JUMPER ON PINS 1 & 2 *Watchdog is the power supervision of the controller board and should be enabled Tokheim Corporation 8-6 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 INSIGHT DPT Configuring INSIGHT DPT Controller Board SW1 Switch Settings INSIGHT Communication Rate Settings SW1: Positions 1 and 8 RS-485 Communication Rate UDC Port Comm 2 The shaded areas indicate factory settings. Site Controller Port Comm 1 SW1 Position 1 Comm Rate (BPS) SW1 Position 8 Comm Rate (BPS) ON 19,200 ON 19,200 OFF 9600 OFF 9600 INSIGHT / Dispenser Side Setting SW1: Position 2 InSight DPT / Dispenser Side Setting Factory settings: Side A INSIGHT™ controller board has position 2 set to ON Side B INSIGHT™ controller board has position 2 set to OFF SW1 Position 2 Dispenser Side ON A OFF B Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Tokheim Corporation 8-7 INSIGHT DPT Configuring INSIGHT DPT Controller Board (continued) INSIGHT Address Setting for Site Controller Port COMM 1 SW1: Positions 3 thru 7 SWITCH POSITION # IMPORTANT! The INSIGHT Address Setting MUST MATCH the Dispenser Address set in dispenser programming. Verify that it is correct upon start-up. Refer to pages 8-6 for SW1 location. 3 4 5 6 7 ADDRESS (1-16) ON ON ON ON ON 1 OFF ON ON ON ON 2 ON OFF ON ON ON 3 OFF OFF ON ON ON 4 ON ON OFF ON ON 5 OFF ON OFF ON ON 6 ON OFF OFF ON ON 7 OFF OFF OFF ON ON 8 ON ON ON OFF ON 9 OFF ON ON OFF ON 10 ON OFF ON OFF ON 11 OFF OFF ON OFF ON 12 ON ON OFF OFF ON 13 OFF ON OFF OFF ON 14 ON OFF OFF OFF ON 15 OFF OFF OFF OFF ON 16 SWITCH POSITION # Tokheim Corporation 8-8 3 4 5 6 7 ADDRESS (17-32) ON ON ON ON OFF 17 OFF ON ON ON OFF 18 ON OFF ON ON OFF 19 OFF OFF ON ON OFF 20 ON ON OFF ON OFF 21 OFF ON OFF ON OFF 22 ON OFF OFF ON OFF 23 OFF OFF OFF ON OFF 24 ON ON ON OFF OFF 25 OFF ON ON OFF OFF 26 ON OFF ON OFF OFF 27 OFF OFF ON OFF OFF 28 ON ON OFF OFF OFF 29 OFF ON OFF OFF OFF 30 ON OFF OFF OFF OFF 31 OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 32 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 INSIGHT DPT Configuring INSIGHT DPT Controller Board (continued) INSIGHT Board Connectors J15 J14 J10 J9 J5 J3 J16 J7 J6 J2 J4 J12 J1 J1 Beeper Connector 1) Regulated +12 VDC 2) Beeper On/Off J2 Battery Connection 1) +5 VDC (4.75 to 5.25 VDC) 2) System DCC Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Tokheim Corporation 8-9 INSIGHT DPT Configuring INSIGHT DPT Controller Board (continued) INSIGHT Board Connectors J3 Cash Acceptor Connector 1) DCC (for opto isolation) 2) +5 VDC (for opto isolation) 3) Transmit serial data 4) Receive serial data J4 Cash Acceptor Switch Sensor Connector 1) Security enclosure switch detect (low = open security enclosure) 2) System DCC J5 Printer Control/Data Connector 1) Data Write command signal 2) Data signal, bit 0 3) Data signal, bit 1 4) Data signal, bit 2 5) Data signal, bit 3 6) Data signal, bit 4 7) Data signal, bit 5 8) Data signal, bit 6 9) Data signal, bit 7 10) No Connection 11) +5 VDC (4.75 - 5.25 printer power) 12) +5 VDC (4.75 - 5.25 printer power) 13) No Connection 14) DCC for printer power 15) DCC for printer power 16) Graphic Printer Detect 17) DCC 18) DCC 19) DCC (printer power supply) 20) DCC (printer power supply) 21) +20 VDC (19.75 to 20.5, printer p.s.) 22) +20 VDC (19.75 to 20.5, printer p.s.) 23) No Connection 24) No Connection 25) No Connection 26) +5 VDC* (low paper sensor, anode) 27) Low Paper Sensor** (active low signal) 28) Busy Printer (active low signal) 29) Paper Out Sensor (active low signal) 30) Data Received (active low signal) 31) Printer Error Condition (active low signal) 32) Reset Printer (active low signal) J6 Magstripe Card Reader Connector 1) Card fully inserted (active low signal) 2) Track 2 card data 3) Card present in reader (active low signal) 4) Valid track 2 card data 5) No Connection 6) +5 VDC (4.75 - 5.25) 7) System DCC 8) Valid track 1 card data 9) Track 1 card data J7 DEM Connector (Data Encryption Module, also called Debit Module) 1) No Connection 6) No Connection 2) +8 VDC (7.5 - 15; 10 typical) 7) Not Used 3) -RS485 Communication 8) System DCC 4) +RS485 Communication 9) System DCC 5) LCD Contrast voltage (-5 VDC) J9 Site Controller RS485 Connector 1) System DCC 2) System DCC Tokheim Corporation 8-10 3) +RS485 Communication 4) -RS485 Communication Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 INSIGHT DPT Configuring INSIGHT DPT Controller Board (continued) INSIGHT Board Connectors J10 UDC Connector 1) System DCC 2) System DCC 3) +RS485 Communication 4) -RS485 Communication J12 Main Power Connector 1) Regulated +24 VDC (23.5 - 24.5) 2) Not used, voltage ranges from 8 to 12.5 VDC 3) System DCC J13 4 X 6 Keypad Connector 1) System DCC 2) System DCC 3) No Connection 4) No Connection 5) Column # 1 6) Column # 2 7) Column # 3 8) Column # 4 9) Row # 1 10) Row # 2 11) Row # 3 12) Row # 4 13) Row # 5 14) Row # 6 15) Column # 1 16) Column # 2 17) Column # 3 18) Column # 4 J14 4X6 Keyboard Connector 1) System DCC 2) Keypad present 3) Row # 4 4) Row # 5 5) Row # 6 6) Row # 7 7) Column # 0 8) Column # 1 9) Column # 2 10) Column # 3 11) Column # 4 12) Column # 5 J15 Softkeys Connector 1) System DCC 2) System DCC 3) Right Side Softkeys Present signal 4) Left Side Softkeys Present signal 5) Row # 4 6) Row # 3 7) Row # 2 8) Row # 1 9) Row # 0 10) Column # 7 J16 B & W Graphics Display Connector 1) Scan Start Pulse 2) Latch Pulse 3) Bit Clock 4) Frame signal 5) Adjustable Contrast Control voltage 6) +5 VDC (4.75 - 5.25) 7) Contrast voltage supplied by display 8) System DCC 9) -25 VDC 10) Data bit 0 11) Data bit 1 12) Data bit 2 13) Data bit 3 14) Display ON/OFF control 15) System DCC 16) B & W Graphics Display Present signal Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 11) Row # 4 12) Row # 3 13) Row # 2 14) Row # 1 15) Row # 0 16) Column # 6 Tokheim Corporation 8-11 INSIGHT DPT Adjusting Contrast of Graphic Display Turn the contrast adjustment screw on the back of the display: • clockwise to darken the contrast • counter-clockwise to lighten the contrast J1 A miniature, insulated, straightblade screwdriver is suggested for adjusting the contrast on the INSIGHT DPT display board. CONTRAST ADJUSTMENT REAR VIEW OF INSIGHT DPT DISPLAY BOARD J1 B & W Graphics Display Connector 1) Scan Start Pulse 2) Latch Pulse 3) Bit Clock 4) Frame signal 5) Adjustable Contrast Control voltage 6) +5 VDC (4.75 - 5.25) 7) Contrast voltage supplied by display 8) System DCC Tokheim Corporation 8-12 CONNECTS TO J16 ON GRAPHIC DPT BOARD 9) -25 VDC 10) Data bit 0 11) Data bit 1 12) Data bit 2 13) Data bit 3 14) Display ON/OFF control 15) System DCC 16) B & W Graphics Display Present signal Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 INSIGHT DPT INSIGHT DPT Keypad Keycodes (Premier B & C) Keycodes for the various INSIGHT Keypads are shown below. During any Keypad Test, when a keypad button is pressed, a keycode is displayed. These “maps” show the keycodes you should see when a keypad button is pressed. OPERATOR INTERFACE KEYPAD NUMBERS (KEYPAD NUMBERS 7 & 19 ARE NOT USED) 6 5 4 3 2 12 11 10 9 8 18 17 16 15 14 24 23 22 21 20 Remote Keypad Layout If your dispenser is equipped with this keypad, the keycodes for the keypad buttons are shown at left. 1 13 INSIGHT DPT SOFTKEYS KEY NUMBERS 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Softkey Keypad Layout If your dispenser is equipped with this display/keypad, the keycodes for the associated softkeys are shown at left. Tokheim Corporation 8-13 INSIGHT DPT INSIGHT DPT Diagnostics (Premier B & C) Methods to Enter Diagnostics The preferred method to enter diagnostics is listed first. • Enter mode 98 followed by a key press on the operator interface keypad • Press a softkey while turning on power to the dispenser (use only when above method fails) • Jumper JU2 is connected when INSIGHT is powered up (use only when above method fails) Diagnostics Entered When diagnostics is entered, this display appears. Display Version Number <-- Next <-- Previous <-- Execute <-- Exit Tokheim Corporation 8-14 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 INSIGHT DPT INSIGHT DPT Diagnostics (continued) Tests which require operator action will time out within several seconds and return to the Main Menu if no operator input occurs within the time-out period. For example, the Card Reader Test times out in approximately eight seconds if no operator input occurs. TEST NAME NORMAL INDICATION PROBABLE CAUSE IF ABNORMAL CORRECTIVE ACTION Display Version No. Version number of DPT Controller board is displayed "PROM Vers: xxxxxxxx" N/A N/A Printer Test DPT display will blank, 24 lines of test pattern, 19 blank lines, paper is cut, 2 blank lines. (If error, display: PRINTER ERROR; if ok, display: TEST COMPLETE). Defective printer Replace the printer Out of paper Check paper If fault still exists, replace the DPT Controller board Success or failure is indicated on DPT display: Dirty card reader Clean card reader with Card Reader Cleaner, pt. no. 2-232990 (qty. 50) available from Service Parts Defective card reader Try card on another card reader. Replace the card reader. If fault still exists, replace the DPT Controller board Card inserted wrong Insert card correctly Card Reader Test "Enter a card" "Remove a card" "Track 1: Ok Track 2: Ok" Keyboard Test (4x6 keypad, TDS keypad, or NonDebit Softkeys) "Press a key" As each key is pressed, the display shows the key #, and a tone sounds. Defective keypad Replace the keypad. If fault still exists, replace the DPT Controller board. Graphic Display Test Display all 8s for 5 seconds Defective display Replace the display. If fault still exists, replace the DPT Controller board. RAM Test Displays RAM TEST IN PROGRESS, followed by RAM OK. If an error is detected, displays IC U5 FAILED Defective DPT Controller board Replace the DPT Controller board. Bill Acceptor Test Accepts paper money Displays the value Returns the paper money Defective Cash Acceptor or DPT Controller board Replace Cash Acceptor or Replace DPT Controller board Comm Monitor Test Display indicates status of each COMM line: On Line or Off Line Defective DPT Controller board Replace the DPT Controller board Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Tokheim Corporation 8-15 INSIGHT DPT INSIGHT DPT Diagnostics (continued) TEST NAME Tests which require operator action (i.e. Card Reader Test) will time out and return to the Main Menu if no operator input occurs within the time-out period. Tokheim Corporation 8-16 Read DIP Switch NORMAL INDICATION DPT display shows the communication rates and address settings by the switch: PROBABLE CAUSE IF ABNORMAL CORRECTIVE ACTION DIP switches not set correctly Set DIP switches correctly. If fault still exists, replace DPT Controller board. (see "Configuring INSIGHT DPT Controller Board" in this section for more information) (example) "Comm 1 9600 Addr 1 Comm 2 19200 Addr 1" Debit Display Test (TDS Plus only) Displays small black squares for 5 seconds; digits; main menu 5 seconds later Defective display on TDS Plus Debit Module Replace TDS Plus Module Debit Keyboard Test (TDS Plus only) Press each key; key number displayed on debit display; alert tone sounds Defective Keyboard on TDS Plus Module Replace TDS Plus Module Watch Dog Test (Watch dog enable jumper JU5 must be connected). System reset will occur. DPT Controller board Replace the DPT Controller board. Display Test (4x20) Currently not supported N/A N/A Display Checksum, Displays checksum for the EPROM on CPU board DPT Controller board Replace the DPT Controller board Read Printer Sensors Displays the quantity of paper in the printer: PRINTER PAPER FULL PRINTER PAPER LOW PRINTER PAPER OUT Printer may be out of paper Defective printer, cable, or DPT Controller. Add paper to the printer Batt Back RAM Test Displays PASS or FAIL as determined by the RAM test Bill Acceptor Vers Shows model number and software version number of the cash acceptor Show Printer Type "Tear Bar" (Premier B) "Cutter" (Premier C) Show Configuration Injection Status DPT Controller board Replace printer, cable, or DPT Controller. Replace the DPT Controller board Defective or disconnected Cash Acceptor Check Cash Acceptor cabling, power, and DPT Controller board LEDs Displays a list of DPT options with the keywords YES or NO: YES = option is present NO = option is not present Informative Test N/A Displays injection status of module, prompts, and keypad definition. Defective or missing TED module in network or DPT board not injected Replace or add TED module to network or replace DPT Controller board Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 INSIGHT DPT Troubleshooting INSIGHT DPT Communication Problems (Premier B & C) SYMPTOM System cannot communicate with the INSIGHT DPT (cannot run sales) PROBABLE CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION If problem appears to be with more than one dispenser: Console not polling INSIGHT DPTs Reinitialize Console Defective communications cables from Model 69 box to site controller Use conventional troubleshooting methods to check cable DPT communications board failure in site controller Replace communications board in site controller DPT communications cable connected to wrong port Connect to correct port Tokheim site controller communications board not seated properly Properly seat board Failure of one DPT, locking up all DPTs Remove power from DPTs one at a time If problem appears to be with one dispenser (both sides): Power supply failure Replace options power supply INSIGHT DPT power switches not on Turn on INSIGHT DPT power switches Model 69 box switches set offline Set Model 69 switches to on-line INSIGHT DPT was disabled, then enabled while a download from the site controller was in process Wait for site controller to time out or power down, then power up site controller If problem appears to be with one INSIGHT DPT: INSIGHT DPT assigned wrong address Verify that all DPTs have unique addresses on this DPT line. Verify that SW1 address setting and site controller programmed addresses are the same. INSIGHT DPT not activated Activate INSIGHT DPT at site controller INSIGHT DPT controller board failure. Replace INSIGHT DPT controller board Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Tokheim Corporation 8-17 INSIGHT DPT Troubleshooting INSIGHT DPT Communication Problems (continued) SYMPTOM Intermittent loss of communications PROBABLE CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION Noise induced into communication lines 1. Verify dispensers, interface boxes, and consoles are properly grounded per the installation manual. 2. Verify all equipment is on same electrical phase. 3. Verify DPT cable is of correct type, size, and rating. 4. Verify ACH & ACC for lights and electronics are separate and not crossed wired (per Installation manual). 5. Verify connections in dispenser and interface boxes. DPT lockup due to lower reliability of old level software Upgrade DPT software Communication dropout due to failing protocol converter (B & B connector) Replace protocol converter Improperly installed or failing cable between interface box and POS Verify installation and connectors, or replace cable Communication dropout due to failing component or file corruption in POS Reload and/or repair POS Loss of communication on 1/3 to 2/3 of DPTs on site Logical failure on controller or POS perventing certain DPTs from being polled by POS Reload software and/or repair POS/controller INSIGHT DTP constantly displays "PAY AT PUMP OPTION NOT AVAIL. NOW PLEASE SEE CASHIER" INSIGHT Controller board failure Replace INSIGHT Controller board Network is off-line Wait for network to come on-line Console is in manager mode Wait for manager to exit to sales mode Console is doing a shift report Wait for shift report to end Console is not configured correctly Configure console correctly for this INSIGHT DPT See "System cannot communicate..." on previous page Tokheim Corporation 8-18 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 INSIGHT DPT Troubleshooting INSIGHT DPT Display Problems (Premier B & C) SYMPTOM INSIGHT DPT display is blank INSIGHT DPT display is dark INSIGHT DPT display is garbled PROBABLE CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION No power to INSIGHT DPT Check DPT power switch, circuit breaker on options power supply, and circuit breakers on AC distribution board INSIGHT DPT display is not connected Connect display to INSIGHT DPT controller INSIGHT DPT display failure Replace INSIGHT DPT display Contrast is not set correctly Check contrast adjustment Defective TDS+ debit module Replace debit module Keypad failure Turn off power, disconnect the keypad, turn power back on: - If the display returns to normal operation, turn power back off and replace keypad. - If fault still exists, reconnect keypad, and check other possible causes. INSIGHT DPT controller board failure Replace DPT controller board Backlight connector is not connected to INSIGHT DPT Connect backlight connector to AC Distribution board Contrast is not set correctly Check contrast adjustment Defective backlight Replace INSIGHT DPT display backlight fluorescent tube INSIGHT DPT controller board failure Replace INSIGHT DPT controller board INSIGHT DPT not initialized properly Remove power from INSIGHT DPT and restore power to INSIGHT DPT INSIGHT display board failure Replace display board INSIGHT DPT controller board failure Replace DPT controller board Check diagnostics to verify that the problem is not with the site contoller Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Tokheim Corporation 8-19 INSIGHT DPT Troubleshooting INSIGHT Operational Problems (Premier B & C) SYMPTOM INSIGHT 4 x 6 keypad on printer dial (if installed) does not work INSIGHT card reader does not work INSIGHT graphic printer will not print receipts or INSIGHT graphic printer did not print test receipt after changing paper Tokheim Corporation 8-20 PROBABLE CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION INSIGHT keypad is not connected to UDC display board Connect the DPT keypad to UDC display board Keypad failure Replace keypad Defective UDC display board, mother board, or ribbon cable Check diagnostics to verify problem is not the site controller Old version software on INSIGHT controller Upgrade software Card reader not connected to INSIGHT DPT controller board Connect card reader to DPT controller board Card reader failure or dirty Clean or replace card reader INSIGHT DPT not activated Activate INSIGHT DPT and let it initialize INSIGHT DPT controller board failure Replace INSIGHT DPT controller board No AC power at INSIGHT DPT Turn on INSIGHT DPT power at Options Power Supply Paper release lever not engaged on printer Set printer release lever to proper position Out of paper Install new roll of paper Printer connector not connected at INSIGHT DPT printer or INSIGHT DPT controller board Make proper connections at the printer or INSIGHT DPT controller board Paper jammed Remove paper jam; if necessary, remove paper cutter assembly Paper not inserted correctly Insert paper with heat sensitive side up Did not answer YES to receipt question Answer YES to receipt question when it appears Not using heat sensitive paper Obtain correct paper from Tokheim Service Parts (219-470-4710) Printer failure Replace printer INSIGHT DPT controller board failure Replace INSIGHT DPT controller board Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 INSIGHT DPT Troubleshooting INSIGHT Operational Problems (continued) SYMPTOM Softkeys keypad does not work Authorization request immediately fails Authorization request fails after a few moments DPT does not prompt customers in regard to fleet and debit transactions PROBABLE CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION Keypad not connected to DPT Controller board at connector J15 Connect to J15 Keypad not connected to keypad harness Connect keypad to harness Site controller has not enabled the softkeys Verify keypad operation in diagnostic mode Mode 29 not programmed correctly See mode 29 in Premier Programming manual Dispenser not assigned to this INSIGHT DPT At the site controller, assign dispenser to this INSIGHT DPT in dispenser assignment mode. Verify that SW1 address setting and site controller programmed address are the same. Verify communications in diagnostics mode. INSIGHT controller board failure Replace INSIGHT DPT controller board Console not configured correctly Correctly configure console for INSIGHT DPT sales Network failure Console has lost communications with network Fuel sale due at console Collect sale and try again DPT controller board failure Replace INSIGHT DPT controller board Console powered up before the site controller was powered up Toggle power on the console while site controller is on Defective site controller software Install new site controller software TED injected incorrectly Replace TED unit DPT debit module not injected Replace DPT debit module Site controller not enabled for outside debit Enable outside debit on site controller TED not installed Install TED in system DPT controller board software does not support debit functions Replace DPT board software with TDS or TDS Plus software Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Tokheim Corporation 8-21 INSIGHT DPT Card Reader Cleaning (Premier B & C) The Card Reader in the INSIGHT uses a magnetic reader head (much like the kind found in tape recorders) to read the magnetic stripe on the cards. Periodically, this head requires maintenance, and in extremely dirty conditions MUST be cleaned regularly. The recommended method of cleaning involves the use of a saturated, specially constructed, disposable, cleaning card. Head cleaning MUST be done periodically to ensure the integrity of the data being processed, and to reduce the need for costly and time-consuming service calls. Order credit card cleaners from: Tokheim Service Parts Phone: (219) 470-4710 FAX: 1-800-866-1999 Case of 50 Part Number 2-232990 1. Obtain a disposable CREDIT CARD READER CLEANER from Tokheim Service Parts. 2. Remove cleaning card from the CREDIT CARD READER CLEANER envelope. 3. Insert and remove the cleaning card (fiber side towards the magnetic head) in the card reader several times. 4. After the cleaning card has been run through the card reader, wait long enough to allow the cleaning card to dry. 5. When dry, again insert the cleaning card into the reader to allow the dry cleaning card surface to remove leftover stubborn contaminants. 6. Discard the cleaning card after use. In the event that cleaning does not solve the problem, replace the card reader assembly. Tokheim Corporation 8-22 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 INSIGHT DPT Changing Paper on a Graphic Printer – Premier B 1. Insert the TPX-88 key and turn clockwise to unlock the printer dial. Gently pull on the top of the printer dial, allowing it to swing forward. 2. Tip the paper holder back as shown. Remove the old paper roll and spindle (picture ). 3. Put the new paper roll onto the spindle as shown below left (picture ). It is very important which way the paper comes off the roll. 4. Replace the paper roll and spindle to the spindle holder slots (picture ) routing the paper path as shown. Paper for the graphic printer must be ordered from: Tokheim Corporation Service Parts Division P.O. Box 663 Fremont, IN 46737 Part Number: 7-230492 (50-roll case) Phone: 219-470-4710 Fax: 1-800-866-1999 5. Fold the loose end of the paper roll ½" onto itself. Guide the folded edge of the paper into the slot shown in picture . 6. The printer will sense the presence of the paper and pull the paper into the print mechanism. A test receipt will be printed and delivered to the receipt chute. Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Tokheim Corporation 8-23 INSIGHT DPT Changing Paper on a Graphic Printer – Premier B (continued) 7. While rotating the paper holder back into the locked position, spin the paper roll to take up the slack paper (shown in picture ). 8. Close Printer Dial. Turn the TPX-88 key counterclockwise to lock. 9. Open the receipt door and remove the receipt as shown in picture . The test receipt should look similar to the one shown in picture . Tokheim Corporation 8-24 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 INSIGHT DPT Changing Paper on a Graphic Printer – Premier B (continued) Rear view of the Graphic Printer showing location and orientation of the printer paper roll. Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Tokheim Corporation 8-25 INSIGHT DPT Clearing a Paper Jam on a Graphic Printer – Premier B 1. Insert the TPX-88 key and turn clockwise to unlock the printer dial. Gently pull on the top of the printer dial, allowing it to swing forward (picture ). 2. Lightly push down on the tab as shown in picture . This is a friction fit, so it won't take much to get it loose. 3. Swing the printer assembly away from the Printer Dial (picture ). This allows access to the paper jam. CIRCLED SLOTS REFER TO STEP 6. Tokheim Corporation 8-26 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 INSIGHT DPT Clearing a Paper Jam on a Graphic Printer – Premier B (continued) PRINTER PAPER RELEASE LEVER 4. If the paper jam is between the cutter and the print mechanism, lift the paper release lever shown in picture and raise the print mechanism. This allows the paper to slide through the print mechanism as shown in picture . CUTTER 5. After the jam has been cleared, reinstall paper into the printer following the directions for paper roll replacement. 6. Return the printer towards the printer dial. While doing so, make sure that the tabs shown in picture slides into the slots as shown in picture (previous page, step 3) and picture above right. SLOT TAB 7. Two buttons are provided to assist with paper handling. The Feed Button, when pressed momentarily, will advance the receipt paper one line. If the Feed Button is held down, the receipt paper will continuously feed until the button is released. The Feed/ Cut Button, when pressed, will print a test receipt, cut the paper, and deliver the test receipt to the receipt chute. Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 FEED BUTTON FEED / CUT BUTTON Tokheim Corporation 8-27 INSIGHT DPT Changing Paper on an INSIGHT™ DPT Printer – Premier C To prevent jamming and to preserve print quality, use the thermal paper recommended below. 1. Unlock and open the left door of the electronics enclosure with a TPX-88 key. The printer is mounted to the back of the door. 2. Pull out on the two retaining tabs () to remove the old paper roll. 3. Install a new paper roll with the paper coming off of the roll as shown (). 4. Route the paper as shown and guide the edge of the paper into the printer mechanism slot (). The printer (with power applied) will sense the presence of the paper and pull the paper into the print mechanism. A test receipt will be printed and delivered to the receipt chute (not shown). 5. Remove and inspect the receipt. 6. Turn the paper roll back the opposite direction to take up any slack paper. 7. Close the door and lock it using the TPX-88 key. Thermal Paper Specifications: Package: 50 rolls per case Paper type: Thermal Part No.: Tokheim 7-230492 Shelf life: 5 years (when stored in darkness below 25° C, relative humidity of 65%) Order printer paper from: Tokheim Service Parts Phone: (219) 470-4710 FAX: 1-800-866-1999 Tokheim Corporation 8-28 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 May 2000 INSIGHT DPT Clearing a Paper Jam on an INSIGHT DPT Printer – Premier C 1. Unlock and open the left door of the electronics enclosure with a TPX-88 key. The printer is located on the back of the door. Push the paper release lever () down and pull the paper up from the printer () and cutter () mechanisms. The release lever is located to the right side of the printer mechanism as shown below. Pull the top of the receipt chute () toward you so that it rests in a fully open position as shown on the next page. Rotate the cutter mechanism () down. Inspect the printer and the cutter mechanism for paper jams. Carefully remove any paper found in the locations shown. 2. 3. 4. 5. ! CAUTION Do not use screwdrivers or any other tools to remove paper from inside the printer or cutter mechanisms. Severe damage could occur. 6. Return the printer and cutter mechanisms to their original position. Rotate the receipt chute back to its original position. Reinstall the paper by following the instructions on the previous page. 7. Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 May 2000 "FEED" button – Press once to advance paper one line. Hold to advance paper continuously. "F/CUT" button – Press to print, cut, and deliver a test receipt to the receipt chute. Tokheim Corporation 8-29 INSIGHT DPT Clearing a Paper Jam on an INSIGHT DPT Printer – Premier C (continued) ! CAUTION Do not use screwdrivers or any other tools to remove paper from inside the printer or cutter mechanisms. Severe damage could occur. CAREFULLY REMOVE ANY PIECES OF PAPER FOUND IN THESE LOCATIONS (SEE CAUTION ABOVE) Tokheim Corporation 8-30 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 May 2000 MaxVac System Section 9: MaxVac Vapor Recovery System (Premier B & C) Scope This section provides information about the general operation of the Tokheim MaxVac Vapor Recovery System. It is important that you understand the requirements of the system before you attempt to operate or maintain the equipment. Diagnostic and Technical procedures should ONLY be performed by a Tokheim Authorized Service Representative (ASR). Theory of Operation Generally, the Tokheim MaxVac Vapor Recovery System operates by providing vacuum to the vapor recovery plumbing which is in direct proportion to the fuel delivery rate of the dispenser. In doing so, a vacuum is produced at the nozzle spout which will pull in vapors (produced within the unsealed vehicle fuel tank fill pipe) before they can escape into the atmosphere. In this way the system efficiently manages the fuel vapors without the need of a cumbersome, bellowsstyle nozzle. The drawing on the next page depicts the overall system. The flow pattern of the vapors produced during fueling operation are indicated as they are directed into the storage system. Section 9 Contents Underground Tank & Piping Diagram ............................................ 9-2 Nozzle / Vehicle Fill Pipe ................................................................ 9-3 MaxVac System Components ........................................................ 9-3 MaxVac System Certification Requirements .................................. 9-4 MaxVac System Tests ................................................................... 9-4 Problems at Power-Up? ................................................................ 9-5 MaxVac Error LEDs ....................................................................... 9-6 MaxVac Multiplex Board ................................................................ 9-8 MaxVac Blend Control Board ......................................................... 9-9 MaxVac Power Supply Board ...................................................... 9-10 MaxVac Motor Control Board ........................................................ 9-11 MaxVac Mini Motor Control Board ............................................... 9-13 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Tokheim Corporation 9-1 MaxVac System Tokheim Corporation 9-2 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 MaxVac System Nozzle/Vehicle Fill Pipe This drawing shows that the vapors are drawn into the nozzle through the radial openings in the spout end. Nozzle Efficiency Compliance Device (ECD) Radial Spout Holes (Vacuum Ports) Vehicle Fill Pipe Fill Pipe Baffle and Filler Neck Vent Holes Vapors generated during fill MaxVac System Components The fuel vapors are drawn into the system by means of the vacuum created by the motor pump located in the dispenser raceway. The vapors are then conducted through the pump, combined with vapors from the other side of the dispenser, and are pumped down and through the piping, into the top of the underground storage tanks (UST). Electrically Driven Variable Speed Vapor Pump Vacuum Pump Outlet M l r Vacuum Pump Inlet Adapter Break-A-Way, Coaxial Hoses and "Bootless" Nozzle See Nozzle drawing above MaxVac Electronics Tokheim Premier Dispenser Direction of Vapors Vapor Return Line to storage System Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Tokheim Corporation 9-3 MaxVac System MaxVac System Certification Requirements To insure that the MaxVac vapor recovery system remains in compliance with California Air Resources Board (CARB) certification requirements, please refer to the CARB Executive Order G-70-154. The CARB Executive Order includes the following information: • Exhibit 1 - List of the equipment certified for use with the MaxVac system (#0431) • Exhibit 2 - Installation and performance specifications for the system (#0432) • Exhibit 3 - Procedure for testing the static pressure integrity of the vapor recovery system (#0433) • Exhibit 4 - Ten gallon per minute limitation compliance verification procedure (#0434) • Executive Order G-70-154 - Includes all Exhibits (#0430) A copy of the CARB Executive Order is available through Tokheim’s FAX-OnDemand service (24-hours-a-day, 7-days-a-week). To access this service, dial (219) 484-1864 and follow the automated instructions to retrieve your document. To receive the complete CARB Executive Order or separate exhibits, request the appropriate 4-digit document number shown above. MaxVac System Tests Preform the following tests to insure that the MaxVac system is functioning properly and has no leaks in the vapor tube connections. See the MaxVac Owner’s Manual, Form 4857 for testing the MaxVac vapor recovery system. • Vapor system visual check • Static Pressure Decay Test • MaxVac System Air-to-Liquid (A/L) Ratio Test • Dispenser flow rate check Tokheim Corporation 9-4 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 MaxVac System Problems at Power-Up? An error code is displayed in the volume display when the dispenser detects a problem. The following chart should be referred to when error codes 23, 24, or 31 through 34 are displayed AND an error LED (see below) is illuminated (located either on the Multiplex board [non-blend] or on the Blend Control board [blenders]). Error conditions are reset by turning the MaxVac Power Supply switch OFF, then ON or by going into, then exiting, Manager mode. Error conditions are also reset by pressing and holding the lower left key of the operator interface keypad for 5 seconds. OPERATOR INTERFACE KEYPAD ERROR CONDITIONS ARE RESET BY PRESSING AND HOLDING THE LOWER LEFT KEY OF THE OPERATOR INTERFACE KEYPAD FOR 5 SECONDS. Note: Report error occurrences to your Authorized Service Representative (ASR) Blender Dispenser ERR 23 Product 1 pulser is disconnected ERR 24 Product 2 pulser is disconnected Check all of the following as possible reasons for MaxVac errors: • • Non-Blend Dispenser • ERR 3x Number of dispenser pulser errors for hose (x) has reached the pulser error limit programmed in manager mode F21. The sale is terminated as a bad sale. • NOTE: If an err # is displayed and an error LED is ON, then the problem is a MaxVac problem. If no error LED is on, then the problem is as described above. Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 • • Power Supply is turned off Circuit breaker tripped (on Power Supply Assembly) Overcurrent or locked rotor condition (plugged inlet/outlet vapor line) Bad speed feedback signal (disconnected speed sensor) Motor controller IC too hot (It will shut itself off) Low motor drive voltage Tokheim Corporation 9-5 MaxVac System MaxVac Error LEDs LEDs are normally off, an error is indicated when the LED is ON. LED 2 - SIDE B ERROR (WHEN ON) LED 1 - SIDE A ERROR (WHEN ON) J4 BLEND CONTROL INTERFACE Blend Control Board J4 MAXVAC INTERFACE LED 2 - SIDE B ERROR (WHEN ON) LED 1 - SIDE A ERROR (WHEN ON) Rev. 4 Multiplex Board Tokheim Corporation 9-6 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 MaxVac System MaxVac Error LEDs (continued) Revision 5 only Multiplex boards (part #421420-1) have an eight position dip switch labeled SW2. These switches control the operation of the MaxVac Motor Pumps. A switch in the ON position allows operation of the MaxVac Motor Pump for that hose outlet. A switch in the OFF position will not let the MaxVac Motor Pump work for that hose outlet (typically used for diesel hose outlets). Boards are shipped from the factory with all positions of switch SW2 in the ON position. If these switches were not set when the Multiplex board was installed into the card cage, refer to the chart below to set the switches for your dispenser. SW2 SWITCH POSITION 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 CONTROLS HOSE A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 B4 SW2 J4 MAXVAC INTERFACE LED 2 - SIDE B ERROR (WHEN ON) LED 1 - SIDE A ERROR (WHEN ON) Rev. 5 Multiplex Board Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Tokheim Corporation 9-7 MaxVac System MaxVac Multiplex Board (Part no. 421420) Functions of the MaxVac Multiplex Board: • • • • Pump handle interface and identification Pulser selection Motor and valve control selection MaxVac interface Differences from the 417333 Multiplex board: • • • Right angle connector J4 for MaxVac LED’s for visual indication of dispenser errors Circuitry to allow the electronics to display errors J4 MaxVac Interface Connector 1 2 3 4 5 LED1- MAXVAC SIDE A ERROR (WHEN ON) Pulser 1A Pulser 2A No Connection Pulser 1B Pulser 2B 6 7 8 9 10 LED 2 - MAXVAC SIDE B ERROR (WHEN ON) No Connection Error Side A Error side B +5 VDC DCC TP1 15VDC TP2 5VDC TP3 GND J4 To Mother Bd. J7 Tokheim Corporation 9-8 To Mother Bd. J13 To Mother Bd. J26 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 MaxVac System Blend Control Board - 421574 • • • • • • • • Used only in Blend dispensers Calculates blending ratio Receives pulser and handle signals Monitors for pulser disconnect Controls motors, blending valves, and dual-flow valves Receives commands from and reports status to the master processor on the Expanded Computer Board Supplies Motor Control for MaxVac system 421186 (for non MaxVac) J4 MaxVac Interface Connector 1 2 3 4 5 Pulser 1A Pulser 2A No Connection Pulser 1B Pulser 2B 6 7 8 9 10 No Connection Error Side A Error side B +5 VDC DCC LED1- MAXVAC SIDE A ERROR (WHEN ON) LED 2 - MAXVAC SIDE B ERROR (WHEN ON) J4 TO MOTHER BD J7 TO MOTHER BD J13 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 TO MOTHER BD J26 Tokheim Corporation 9-9 MaxVac System The MaxVac Power Supply Board (Part no. 421271) • • • Wiring diagrams for the MaxVac system are available in Section 4 of this manual. Supplies power for the MaxVac vapor recovery system Provides visual indicators for power and error conditions Current protection via circuit breakers SW2 SW1 Side A power Side B power Turns on 20V and 36V power for side A Turns on 20V and 36V power for side B TP6,1 TP5 TP4 TP3 TP2 GND 20V side A 20V side B 36V side A 36V side B 19.0V - 21.0V 19.0V - 21.0V 35.0V - 37.0V 35.0V - 37.0V SW2 LED3 LED 3 - SIDE A DC POWER 20V, 36V LED 2 - 36V OVERVOLTAGE SIDE A, B LED 1 - SIDE B DC POWER 20V, 36V TP6 END VIEW OF LED’S TP5 TP4 TP3 TP2 TP1 J4 LED2 J3 LED1 J2 SW1 J1 Circuit Breakers are connected via J2. Circuit Breakers mounted on the frame of the assembly: Volts Current Rating 36 DC 2.5A 36 DC 2.5A 20 DC .7A 120 AC 2A Tokheim Corporation 9-10 J1 J2 J3 J4 J5/J6 J5 - J6 AC Input from AC Dist. Bd. Circuit Breakers DC Output to Motor Control From transformer secondary 120V/240V AC power to transformer assembly Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 MaxVac System The MaxVac Motor Control Board (Part no. 421280) For Premier B (45") Series Dispensers Only All Jumpers are factory set. Do not change jumper settings. • • • Supplies motor control for the MaxVac vapor recovery system Provides visual indicators for power and error conditions Provides test points for power and error conditions Error conditions are reset by pressing and holding the lower left keypad button on the operator interface keypad for 5 seconds. TP1 = Side A; TP3 = Side B Individual pin descriptions: 1 GND Ground potential 2 Pulser A1 Pulse signal with motor on 3 5V 4.9V - 5.25V 4 Pulser A2 Pulse signal on blend product with motor on 5 ERROR 4.8V - 5.0V signal = Error condition 6 GND Ground potential 7 36V 35.0V - 37.0V 8 20V 19.0V - 21.0V TP1 9 15V 14.75V - 15.25V 10 6.2V 6.2V - 6.5V LED 1 SIDE A POWER, ERROR LED 2 PULSER A1, A2 SIDE A A/L ADJUST SIDE B A/L ADJUST J4 J5 J1 J6 LED 3 MOTOR A, B LED 4 PULSER B1, B2 LED 5 SIDE B POWER, ERROR J2 J7 J8 LED’s: ON = Positive indication Examples: LED 5 = ON, ON (both on) indicates power is on for side B, and an error has occurred for side B. LED 3 = OFF, ON indicates that Motor A is off, Motor B is on (LED blinks when running). A2 and B2 LED’s are for Blended products only TP3 J3 J9 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Tokheim Corporation 9-11 MaxVac System The MaxVac Motor Control Board (continued) Connectors Wiring diagrams for the MaxVac system are available in Section 4 of this manual. J1 Power side A 1 - Phase 1 2 - Phase 2 3 - Phase 3 J2 DC Power Input 1, 2 - DCC (DC Common) 3 - 20 VDC, side A 4 - 20 VDC, side B 5 - 36 VDC, side A 6 - 36 VDC, side B J3 Power side B 1 - Phase 1 2 - Phase 2 3 - Phase 3 J4 Test Output (Factory use only) J5, J7 Connectors for future use J6, J8 Sensors side A, side B 1 - Sensor C 2 - Sensor B 3 - Sensor A 4 - +6.2 VDC 5 - DCC 6 - Motor CFG J9 Pulser Input 1 - Pulser 1A 2 - Pulser 2A 3 - Premier reset 4 - Pulser 1B 5 - Pulser 2B 6 - N/C 7 - Error side A 8 - Error side B 9 - +5 VDC 10 - DCC Tokheim Corporation 9-12 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 MaxVac System The MaxVac Mini Motor Control Board - Part no. 421449 For Premier B (30") & Premier C Series Dispensers • Supplies motor control for the MaxVac vapor recovery system • Provides visual indicators for power and error conditions • Provides test points for power and error conditions Error conditions are reset by pressing and holding the lower left keypad button on the operator interface keypad for 5 seconds. All Jumpers are factory set. Do not change jumper settings. Test Points LED Indicator Examples: LED 5 = ON indicates power is on and an error has occurred. LED 3 = ON indicates the MaxVac Motor on (LED blinks when running). LED 2 is for Blended products only. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 5V Sensor A 6.2V GND 15V 20V 36V LED 1 LED 2 LED 3 LED 4 LED 5 4.9V - 5.25V Motor On 6.2V - 6.5V Ground potential 14.75V - 15.25V 19.0V - 21.0V 35.0V - 37.0V Pulser 1 Pulser (Blend) Motor Power Error R43 A/L ADJUST LED 1 LED 2 LED 3 LED 4 TEST POINTS 1 – 3 LED 5 TEST POINTS 4 – 7 MaxVac Mini Motor Control Board - 421449 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Tokheim Corporation 9-13 MaxVac System The MaxVac Mini Motor Control Board (continued) Connectors Wiring diagrams for the MaxVac system are available in Section 4 of this manual. J1 Sensors to Vapor Pump Assembly 1 - Sensor C 2 - Sensor B 3 - Sensor A 4 - +6.2 VDC 5 - DCC 6 - Motor CFG J2 Power to Vapor Pump Assembly 1 - Phase 1 2 - Phase 2 3 - Phase 3 J3 DC Power Input 1 - DCC (DC Common) 2 - No Connection 3 - 20 VDC 4 - 36 VDC J4 Pulser Input 1 - Pulser 1 2 - Pulser 2 3 - Premier Reset 4 - MaxVac Error 5 - +5 VDC 6 - DCC Tokheim Corporation 9-14 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 May 2000 Soleniod Coils Section 10: Solenoid Valve Coil Diagnostics Premier B & C Scope This section will explain the diagnostic procedures available for testing dual-flow valves and their coils in a Tokheim dispenser. Section 10 Contents Checking Coil Voltages ................................................................. 10-2 Checking Coil Resistance ............................................................. 10-3 Wiring Diagrams ........................................................................... 10-4 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Tokheim Corporation 10-1 Soleniod Coils Checking Coil Voltages 1. Equipment Needed: Multimeter with AC Volts and Ohms test ranges. 2. Set the multimeter on AC Volts and check the actual voltage at the lead wire harness on the coil. NOTE: RED is the common lead. 3. FOR 110/120 VAC Applications When the valve is in full-flow, the voltage should be: 50Hz. 60Hz. Across the red and yellow leads: 110 VAC 120 VAC Across the red and black leads: 110 VAC 120 VAC Across the yellow and black leads short circuit (0 volts) When the valve is in low-flow, the voltage should be: 50Hz. Across the red and yellow leads: 110 VAC Across the red and black leads: 0 VAC Across the yellow and black leads 110 VAC 60Hz. 120 VAC 0 VAC 120 VAC When the valve is off (i.e., no flow), the voltage should be: 50Hz. Across the red and yellow leads: 0 VAC Across the red and black leads: 0 VAC Across the yellow and black leads 0 VAC 60Hz. 0 VAC 0 VAC 0 VAC 4. FOR 220/240 VAC Applications When the valve is in full-flow, the voltage should be: 50Hz. 60Hz. Across the red and yellow leads: 220 VAC 240 VAC Across the red and black leads: 220 VAC 240 VAC Across the yellow and black leads short circuit (0 volts) Tokheim Corporation 10-2 When the valve is in low-flow, the voltage should be: 50Hz. Across the red and yellow leads: 220 VAC Across the red and black leads: 0 VAC Across the yellow and black leads 220 VAC 60Hz. 240 VAC 0 VAC 240 VAC When the valve is off (i.e., no flow), the voltage should be: 50Hz. Across the red and yellow leads: 0 VAC Across the red and black leads: 0 VAC Across the yellow and black leads 0 VAC 60Hz. 0 VAC 0 VAC 0 VAC Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Soleniod Coils Checking Coil Voltages (continued) 5. OVERVOLTAGE: If the voltage is over the nominal voltage, the coil could eventually overheat causing coil turns to short and ultimately causing an open circuit. 6. UNDER-VOLTAGE: If the voltage is less than 85% of the rated voltage, there might be insufficient voltage to operate the valve. 85% of 110VAC @ 50Hz. = 94 VAC minimum 85% of 120VAC @ 60Hz. =102 VAC minimum 85% of 220VAC @ 50Hz. =187 VAC minimum 85% of 240VAC @ 60Hz. =208 VAC minimum 7. Any indication of voltage not being applied to the valve is an indication of a control circuit problem. Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Tokheim Corporation 10-3 Soleniod Coils Checking Coil Resistance If the coil is HOT, it can increase the resistance (Ohm) measurements by as much as 20%. 1. PRECAUTIONS: a. UNPLUG the valve from the wire harness. b. If the valve has been energized, let the coil COOL to room temperature. c. Set the multimeter to measure resistance (Ohms). d. Make sure the multimeter leads make solid contact with the metal connector prongs in the wire harness plug holes. e. Make sure the multimeter probe tips are not touching each other or your fingers. 2. Ohms readings for 110VAC@50Hz. / 120VAC@60Hz. coils should be: Across the red and yellow leads: between 225 and 275 ohms Across the red and black leads: between 225 and 275 ohms Across the yellow and black leads: between 450 and 550 ohms (should be the sum of the previous two readings) 3. Ohms readings for 240VAC@60Hz. coils should be: Across the red and yellow leads: between 963 and 1,177 ohms Across the red and black leads: between 963 and 1,177 ohms Across the yellow and black leads between 1,926 and 2,354 ohms (should be the sum of the previous two readings) 3. Ohms readings for 230VAC@50Hz. coils should be: Across the red and yellow leads: between 1,080 and 1,320 ohms Across the red and black leads: between 1,080 and 1,320 ohms Across the yellow and black leads between 2,160 and 2,640 ohms (should be the sum of the previous two readings) 4. All of the above ohm readings assume that the coil is at ambient (room) temperature. 5. Any ohm reading showing a short circuit or open circuit or ohms readings out of the above ranges is an indication of a coil, lead-wire crimp, or conduit wire problem. If the ohm readings are correct, then this indicates Tokheim Corporation 10-4 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Soleniod Coils Wiring Diagrams A YELLOW NO FLOW B BLACK 120/240VAC VALVE A = OPEN B = OPEN RED A YELLOW LOW FLOW B BLACK 120/240VAC VALVE A = CLOSED B = OPEN RED A YELLOW FULL FLOW B BLACK 120/240VAC VALVE A = CLOSED B = CLOSED RED Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 May 2000 Tokheim Corporation 10-5 Soleniod Coils Tokheim Corporation 10-6 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Glossary A — B Section 11: Glossary A Ampere, a measuring unit for current flow in a circuit. AC Alternating current power, also abbreviated VAC. AMPS Another abbreviation for ampere, see A above. APPROVE Command from a console or other fuel point controller allowing a sale to begin. A fueling point remains approved until the nozzle is returned to the boot. • In console operation with key arming, the fueling point must be key-armed before it requests approval. The console sends the approval command to approve the fueling point. • In stand-alone operation with no key-arming, the fueling point is approved immediately when a hose is activated. In keyarming operation, the fueling point must be key-armed before a hose can be approved. ARMING (See key arming or permanent arming) ARMING KEY Also referred to as the attendant’s key. When placed on the keyswitch area, the dispenser is readied for a transaction. This key is red or blue. ASR (Tokheim) Authorized Service Representative. BAD SALE LIMIT Once the dispenser exceeds the dispenser error limit on a sale, the sale is stopped, and the bad sale counter increments by one. When the bad sale counter exceeds the present limit, the dispenser is stopped and an error code is displayed. Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 Tokheim Corporation 11-1 Glossary B — C BATTERY BACKUP TIME The time the dispenser will remain powered up after the loss of AC power. BLEND RATIO A ratio (generally described in terms of percentages) between two straightgrade products combined to create a blended product. Example: a 60% product 1 and 40% product 2 blend would be expressed as a 60/40 blend ratio. BLENDED PRODUCT Product composed of a percentage (blend ratio) of two grades of fuel. BLENDER DISPENSER Any of the Premier series of dispensers which allows the mixing of two grades of fuel to create a mid-range grade. BLENDING VALVE Electronically controlled valve used to blend two products at the programmed blend ratio. CARD CAGE The subassembly inside the dispenser which contains the electronic circuit boards (CPU, interface, etc.). CB(n) Circuit breaker (n). Used for over-current protection. CONSOLE Device for controlling and monitoring fueling points. CONSOLE OPERATION (with key arming) - A fueling point operating mode that allows a sale to begin only after the arming key is placed on the keyswitch area. (with permanent arming) - A fueling point operating mode that allows a sale to begin upon receipt of a valid approval command from the console. Tokheim Corporation 11-2 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 Glossary C — D CPU Central Processing Unit. The name of the circuit board which performs all the “computer” functions for programming and processing fuel sales. CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check. This test verifies that the CPU board is functional. A number derived from a block of data, and stored or transmitted with the data in order to detect any errors in transmission. It is similar to a checksum, but more complicated. A cyclic redundancy check is often calculated by adding words or bytes of the data. The receiving computer recalculates the CRC from the data received and compares it to the value originally transmitted; if the values are not the same, it indicates a transmission error. CUSTOMER SERVICE Tokheim Solution Center 1-800-866-6762 DECIMAL POINT Manager's mode F22 sets the decimal point location in the money, volume, and ppuv displays. DEFAULT A value or condition that is automatically set at system initialization and can be changed by the operator if necessary. DHC Dedicated Hose Controller. A Tokheim dispenser controller. DIP SWITCH Dual In-line Package; an electronic component containing one or more switches that control various device parameters or options. DISPENSER ERROR LIMIT Limit set in programming that a dispenser can have in any one sale before sale will be stopped. Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 Tokheim Corporation 11-3 Glossary D — F DISPENSER FUNCTION CODE Set in manager’s mode function F19; specifies whether the dispenser will operate in stand-alone mode, or with a console, and depending on which mode is selected, will determine which type or arming is to be used. (See keyarming and permanent arming.) DISPLAY ADDRESS Establishes the dispenser’s fundamental identity with the system software. DISPLAY DIAGNOSTICS A function available at the dispenser to check the displays and keypad buttons for proper operation. DPT Dispenser Payment Terminal DUAL-PHASE PULSER A device in the dispenser that generates two pulse streams, one lagging the other by 90 degrees (quadrature). It is used by the CPU board to keep track of volume dispensed. Premier B: U.S.A. measurement: 1000 pulses = one gallon Metric measurement: 250 pulses = 1 liter Premier C: U.S.A. measurement: 400 pulses = one gallon Metric measurement: 100 pulses = 1 liter EPROM Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory. This integrated circuit contains the operating program for the CPU. This device is directly related to the software version number. Err (nn) An Error code displayed by the dispenser indicating a problem which requires attention. FCC Federal Communications Commission. F(nn) Function (nn) of the manager's mode. Tokheim Corporation 11-4 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 Glossary F — L FUEL BLEND RATIO (See Blend Ratio) GPM Gallons per minute, a rate of flow. HZ Hertz, a unit of measure for frequency. ICONS Nine lines of customer prompts which are displayed when the dispenser does not have a DPT installed. (Premier B only) INSIGHT ™ A model of Tokheim Dispenser Payment Terminal that includes a graphic display and a standard or graphic printer. J(n) Refers to a specific connector, numbered (n). JU(n) Refers to a specific jumper, numbered (n). KEY ARMING Key arming a dispenser requires a magnetic arming key to be placed on the keyswitch area of the dispenser before a sale can occur. Key arming can be used in both console operation and stand-alone operation. The arming key can be used on both sides of a dispenser. LCD Liquid Crystal Display. Tokheim uses this technology for the dispenser displays. LEAK DETECTOR DELAY Amount of time needed for the leak detector system to pressurize. Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 Tokheim Corporation 11-5 Glossary L — N LED Light Emitting Diode. An electronic device that illuminates when the proper signals are present. LEVEL SECURITY CODES Codes used in programming that allow access to information contained in various areas of dispenser programming. MANAGER KEY A magnetic key which, when placed on the keyswitch area, is used to enter the manager mode for programming the dispenser. The manager key color is black. MANAGER MODE A mode of operation allowing the programming of configuration or setup data. MAXIMUM DELIVERY A programmed value that limits the maximum amount of fuel that can dispensed in one sale. MEMS Modular Electronic Marketing System. METER VOLUME Amount of product that has passed through the meter. MOP Method of payment. N.F.P.A. National Fire Protection Agency. NON-BLEND DISPENSER Standard Model Premier dispenser with up to four straight grade products and up to four hoses per side. Tokheim Corporation 11-6 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 Glossary N — P NO PULSE TIME-OUT A programmed value that sets the maximum time allowed between pulses after a sale has started. This function will terminate a sale if no pulses are received during the set time out period. OCTANE A property of the fuel product controlling the burning rate. A figure of merit representing the resistance of gasoline to premature detonation when exposed to heat and pressure in the combustion chamber of an internal-combustion engine. OPERATING MODE (See Run Mode) OPERATOR INTERFACE KEYPAD This keypad is used for data entry, starting and stopping the dispenser, and manager mode programming. PC, PCB Printed Circuit Board. PERIPHERAL EQUIPMENT All equipment designed or adapted for use with the Tokheim Premier dispensers, point-of-sale consoles, printers, etc. PERMANENT ARMING A programmable dispenser mode not requiring use of a key. The dispenser is armed to allow a fuel sale as soon as it becomes idle. Permanent arming can be used in both console operation and stand-alone operation. P(n) Product number ‘n’. PPUV DISPLAY Dispenser displays that show the price-per-unit-volume. Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 Tokheim Corporation 11-7 Glossary P PREMIER B The Premier B series dispenser is one of the most technologically advanced dispensers in the world. Premier B dispensers offer multi-hose configurations, vapor recover, product blending, dispenser payment terminals for cash, credit, debit, and fleet card fuel sales, large LCD displays that incorporate customer instructions and dispenser diagnostics, and the most reliable meter in the industry. PREMIER C The Premier C series dispenser is an enhancement to the Premier B series dispenser. Enhancements include a 6-piece chassis, dual head cardreader, draw style locks on lower doors, standardized raceway design, easier access to components in the raceway, electronics enclosure and hydraulics cabinet, and full ADA compliance. PRESETS Fuel sale in which the maximum money or volume amount is selected at the dispenser or at the console before the sale begins. The dispenser automatically stops dispensing the product when the preset value is reached. PRODUCT SELECTION KEYPAD A 1 x 5 keypad that the customer uses to select which fuel grade will be dispensed from the hose. PRODUCT SELECTION NUMBER An assigned number (in Mode F28) that is used by the console to identify the hose or product. PROGRAMMING BUTTON Any of the keypad buttons found on the Operator Interface keypad . PROGRAMMING MODE (See Manager's Mode) PSI Pounds per Square Inch. A unit of measure for pressure. Tokheim Corporation 11-8 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 Glossary P — S PULSES Electrical impulses from dual-phase pulser that is used by the CPU board to keep track of the volume dispensed. Premier B: U.S.A. measurement: 1000 pulses = one gallon Metric measurement: 250 pulses = 1 liter Premier C: U.S.A. measurement: 400 pulses = one gallon Metric measurement: 100 pulses = 1 liter RAM Random Access Memory. Temporary memory storage device. REMOTE Remote control of submerged pump. Pump is located within the product tank, not in the dispenser. R(n) Resistor number ‘n’. ROM (See EPROM) RS-485 An EIA (Electronic Industries Association) standard that defines a protocol for serial data communications. Allows several devices to be connected to a single cable, distributed over a wide area. RUN MODE Method of operation where fuel transactions take place (when you are not in manager mode). RXD Receive data SECURITY LEVELS Levels of manager modes where a programmed code for restricting access to those modes exist Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 Tokheim Corporation 11-9 Glossary S SHIFT TOTALS Cumulative sales totals for the shift that are stored in memory. SIDE A OR B All programming of a Premier dispenser is done on side A. Side B is opposite of side A. SLOW FLOW Dispenser mode in which the fast flow valve has closed while the slow flow valve has remained open to provide a reduced rate of fuel flow. SLOW FLOW OFFSET The point near the end of a preset fuel sale in which the fueling point automatically enters slow flow mode to prevent an overrun. Default = 0.2 gallon, or .6 liter. SOFTWARE DATE CODE The release date of the dispenser software installed. The date code can be accessed in manager mode F99. STAND-ALONE OPERATION The mode of operation when the dispenser does not require interaction with console to dispense product. STORAGE TANK Underground or above-ground tank used for storing product. STRAIGHT PRODUCT A non-blended product. SUCTION PUMP Pump is located in the dispenser and moves the product from the tanks by suction. SW(n) Switch number ‘n’. Tokheim Corporation 11-10 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 Glossary T — U TDS Tokheim Debit System - provides secure debit transactions at the dispenser when used with the Tokheim Encryption Device (TED). TDS Plus Tokheim Debit System Plus - the name of the original debit solution provided by Tokheim that incorporates a secure pin pad at the dispenser. TED Tokheim Encryption Device – used with Tokheim Debit System (TDS) to provide secure debit transactions. TTC Talk to Console communication signal. TTD Talk to Dispenser communication signal. TP(n) Test Point number ‘n’. TRANSVERSE DISPENSER Transverse dispenser models have their products arranged in a transverse (reverse) order from side A to side B. The last two letters of the model number identify a transverse left (TL) or a transverse right (TR) dispenser. Programming for transverse operation is performed in Modes F23 and F29. TS(n) Thermostat number ‘n’. TXD Transmit data. UDCB Universal Dispenser Controller, originally designed for Premier B, but is also used in Premier C series dispensers. Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Tokheim Corporation 11-11 Glossary U – V U.L. Underwriter’s Laboratories. U(n) The designation given for an integrated circuit numbered ‘n’. VAC, AC Volts, Alternating Current VBB Battery backup voltage reading (no AC power). VBAT Battery voltage reading. VDC Volts, Direct Current VIEW ONLY PARAMETER A parameter in programming that cannot be changed, only viewed. VREF A reference voltage for the pulsers’ Op Amp circuit. Tokheim Corporation 11-12 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Index Index Symbols 110 VAC Transformer Pri 3-20 220 VAC Transformer Pri 3-20 67 Interface Box 1-7, 5-15 69 Interface Box 7-9 A A Side 2-2, 2-3, 3-10, 3-19 A/L 9-4 A/L Adjust 9-11 AC Current Requirements 1-3 Distribution Board Premier B & C 3-12 Filter Connector 3-13 Input 3-12 Input Connector 3-14 Noise Filter 3-12 Option 3-14 Power Switch 2-17 Spare Connector 3-14 Switch 3-12 AC Distribution Block Diagram Premier B 4-16 Wiring Diagram Premier B 4-23 Premier C 4-37 Access Door Premier C 2-12 Premier C with Insight 2-14 Accessing Card Cage Premier B 2-6, 2-7 Premier C 2-17 Circuit Boards MaxVac 2-10, 2-19 Connection Box Premier B 2-11 DPT Controller Boards Premier C 2-18 Electrical Components 2-1 Hardware Premier C 2-16 Options Premier B 2-8 Adjust Resistor battery charger 3-6 Adjusting Contrast 8-12 Adjustment, Contrast, DPT display board 7-36 Alternative Manager/Arming Key 3-26 Ambient Temperature 1-3 Arming keyswitch area, Premier C 2-13, 2-15 Arming Key 3-22, 3-23, 3-25, 5-2 ASR (Authorized Service Representative) 1-1, 9-1, 9-5 B B Side 2-3, 2-11, 3-10 Backlit LCD Displays 1-4 Backup Buttons 5-4 Basic Programming 5-3, 5-4, 5-5 Battery Charge Voltage 3-7 charger set point jumper 3-6 connection 2-17 INSIGHT DPT 8-9 INSIGHT DPT 8-6 low or disconnected 5-3 Power Down Switch 3-7 Battery Pack 3-2 connector 3-5 Beeper 3-22, 3-23, 3-24, 3-25, 3-26 connector INSIGHT DPT 8-9 Blend Control solenoids 1-28 Operational sequence 1-26, 1-27, 1-28 Pulses 1-27 Regulator valve 1-26 Valve assembly 1-26 Valve interface board 1-28 Valve power supply 1-28 Blend Control Board 3-2 MaxVac Interface 3-17, 9-8, 9-9 Premier B & C 3-17, 9-9 Blend Valve Power 3-20 Blender 3-19 operational diagram electronic 1-20, 1-25 variable 1-20, 1-23 Blending valve power supply Overview 1-28 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Tokheim Corporation Index-1 Index Block Diagram AC Distribution Board, Premier B 4-16 InSight DPT 8-3 Standard DPT with TDS 7-9 Board AC Distribution Board Premier B & C 3-12 Blend Control Board MaxVac 9-6 Premier B & C 3-17, 9-9 Circuit Boards Premier B 2-8 Premier C 2-17 Display Board Premier B (beeper in electronics enclosure) 3-22 Premier B (beeper in raceway) 3-23 Premier C 3-25 Expanded Computer Board Premier B & C 3-8 Interface Premier B & C 3-6 LED Board Premier B 3-21 Mini Motor Control MaxVac 9-13 Mother Board Premier B & C 3-3 Motor Control MaxVac 9-11 Multiplex MaxVac 9-6, 9-7, 9-8 Premier B & C 3-10 Options Power Supply Premier B & C 3-19 Orientation 3-2 Power Supply MaxVac 9-10 Relay Board Premier B & C 3-11 Valve Interface Board Premier B & C 3-18 Boards Valve interface board 1-28 Button, Control 2-8, 3-6, 3-7 C Calibrating Dispenser Meters 5-14 Call Button 4-5, 4-6 CARB 9-4 Card Cage Premier B 2-9 Premier C 2-17 Tokheim Corporation Index-2 Card Reader 2-4, 7-36, 8-22 Cleaning 8-22 Cardreader 2-12, 2-14 Cash Acceptor 2-4, 2-8, 2-12, 2-13, 2-15, 3-19 Access, Premier B 7-33, 7-34, 7-35 Cassette 7-32 DIP switches 7-35 Lock Assemblies 7-32, 7-33, 7-34, 7-35 Cash Out 3-20 Cash PPUV Display 2-4, 2-5 Circuit Board Signal Flow Block Diagram Premier B 6-2 Premier C 6-3 Circuit Boards. See Board Circuit Breaker 3-12, 9-5 Circuit Breakers 3-18 Clearing a Paper Jam Premier B - Graphic Printer 8-26 Premier C - INSIGHT DPT Printer 8-29 Code Histories 5-8, 5-9 Coil Resistance 10-4 Coil Voltages 10-2, 10-3 Coils 1-5, 10-1 Wiring Diagrams 10-5 Communication Connector 3-5 Problems INSIGHT DPT 8-17, 8-18 Communication Rate Settings INSIGHT DPT 8-7 Communications 3-7 Diagnostics Display 5-6 Components INSIGHT DPT 8-2, 8-3 MaxVac System 9-3 Premier B Electronics Enclosure 2-4, 2-5 Premier C Electronics Enclosure 2-12, 2-13, 2-14, 2-15 Standard DPT 7-2 Configurations, Handle and Pulser Connectors Intrinsically Safe Barrier Assembly 3-28 Connection Box Premier B 2-11 Premier C 2-20 Connector and Test Point Locations, DPT 7-4 Connectors 3-22, 3-23, 3-25 Console Operation 1-6 Contrast Adjusting Display 8-12 Adjusting DPT display board 7-36 Control Button 2-8, 2-17, 3-6, 3-7, 5-5 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technincal Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Index Control Valves 1-5 Controller Board Connectors 7-7 Connectors Defined for Standard D 7-17 INSIGHT DPT 8-4, 8-5, 8-8 Standard DPT with TDS Plus 7-13 Controller valve, blender 1-26 Conventions, used in this Manual 1-1 Counter, pulsers 1-27 CPU board program memory 5-13 CRC Code 5-13 Credit PPUV Display 2-4 Current Requirements 1-3 Customer Prompts Display Area 2-4 D Darken Display. See Contrast, Adjusting Display Date Code, Software 5-13 Debit DPT CPU Board LED's 7-17 Product Selection Keypad 2-4 Start Key 2-4 Delivery Rate 1-5 DHC 1-6, 1-7 Diagnostic codes 5-7 display communications 5-6 Dual Flow Skinner Valves 10-1 Information 5-1 INSIGHT 7-18, 7-19, 7-20, 8-14, 8-15 keypad 5-12 ROM CRC 5-13 Diagram Signal Flow 6-2, 6-3 Diaphram Regulator valve 1-26 DIP Switch 3-9 Expanded Computer Board 3-8 Dispenser Repair 6-2 Dispenser Configuration 1-10 Dispenser Electronics 1-3 Dispenser Error Codes 6-4, 6-5, 6-6, 6-7, 6-8 Dispenser flow rate check 9-4 Dispenser Identification Premier B 1-14, 1-15 Premier C 1-16, 1-17, 1-18 Dispenser Options H models 1-8, 1-9, 1-10 I models 1-8, 1-9, 1-10 Dispenser Orientation 2-2, 2-3 Display 1-4 adjusting contrast 8-12 Back-Lights 3-12 Board Assembly 2-6 Premier C 3-25 Premier B (beeper in electronics enclosure) 3-22 Premier B (beeper in raceway) 3-23 Side A and Side B Connectors 3-5 Data Signals 3-6 Dialface 2-6 DPT 2-4, 2-13 INSIGHT Debit 2-14 INSIGHT DPT 2-15 Money 2-4 money/volume 2-12, 2-15 PPUV 2-4 price per unit volume 2-13, 2-15 Problems INSIGHT 8-19 Wiring Diagram Premier B 4-22 Premier C 4-36 DOCUMENT-on-DEMAND 1-2 Documents, related 1-2 Door Lock Premier C 2-16 DPT 1-3, 1-4, 1-6, 2-6, 3-19 Beeper 3-23, 3-24, 3-25, 3-26 Block Diagram 7-4 Card Reader Cleaning 7-36, 8-22 Cash Acceptor Access 7-35 Communication Problems 8-17, 8-18 Communication Status 5-6 Components 7-2 Controller Board 7-5 Address Settings 8-8 Board Connectors 8-9 INSIGHT DPT 8-4, 8-5 Jumper and Switch Locations 7-5 Jumper Locations 8-4 Jumper Settings 8-6 Premier B 2-9 Premier C 2-18 Status LEDs 8-5 SW1 Switch Settings 8-7 Test Point Locations 8-4 CPU Board 7-5, 7-9, 7-14, 7-15 Diagnostics 7-21, 7-22, 7-23, 7-24, 7-25 Dial Assembly H300B Series only 2-6 Display 2-4 Display Problems 8-19 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Tokheim Corporation Index-3 Index DPT Illustration 2-4, 2-12, 2-14 Jumper Locations 7-10, 7-14 Keypad Keycodes 8-13 Light Emitting Diodes (LED) 7-8, 7-17, 8-5 Lights 3-12 Operational Problems 8-20, 8-21 Out 3-20 Power Supply 3-2 Printer 2-8 Clear Paper Jam 8-23 Panel 2-4 Problems. See troubleshooting Specifications 7-26 Switch Locations 7-5, 7-10, 7-14 Test Point Locations 7-4, 8-5 Troubleshooting 7-21, 7-22, 7-23, 7-24, 7-25, 8-17, 8-18, 8-19, 8-20, 8-21 with TDS 7-9 Dual flow 1-5 Dual phase pulsers 1-4 Dual-Price 2-13, 2-15 Fan Assembly 3-2, 3-12 Fan Connector 3-13 FAX-On-Demand 9-4 Features 1-6, 1-7, 1-8, 1-9 Feed Button Graphic printer 8-27 Filters 1-5 Fluorescent backlit LCD Displays Foundation Plans 1-2 Fuel Limitations 1-5 Full-Flow 10-2 Function Codes 5-10, 5-11 E H Electronic Blender operational diagrams 1-20, 1-23, 1-25 overview 1-7 Electronics 1-3 Electronics Enclosure Components Premier B 2-4, 2-5 Premier C 2-12, 2-13, 2-14, 2-15 Entering Manager Modes 5-2 EPROM 3-8 ERR05 5-3 Error Codes 6-4, 6-5, 6-6, 6-7, 6-8 History 5-7, 5-8 Indicators 9-6, 9-7 Message Handling & Troubleshooting Tips Ethanol 1-5 Exiting Manager Mode 5-2, 5-5 Expanded Computer Board DIP Switch 3-9 Premier B & C 3-8 Expanded computer board 1-27 Handle and Pulser Connectors Configurations Intrinsically Safe Barrier 3-28 Heater 1-3, 3-2, 3-12 Heater Connector 3-13 HHHH 5-10 Histories 5-7, 5-8, 5-9 Hose Controllers 1-7 Humidity 1-3 F F02 F11 F96 F97 F98 5-4 5-6 5-7, 5-8, 5-9 5-10, 5-11 5-12 Tokheim Corporation Index-4 1-4 G Gasboy DPT 7-2 GASBOY ONLY, DPT SW1 Graphic DPT Keypad Keycodes 8-13 Graphic Mode 8-2 Graphic Printer 2-8, 8-23 Clear Paper Jam 8-23 Paper Specs. 8-23 7-6 I 6-1 In-line Connector 5-15 Inlet solenoid 1-26, 1-28 Input Connector 3-24, 3-26 Input Voltage, Wide Range Power Supply 1-4 INSIGHT installing paper 8-1 INSIGHT DPT 1-4, 8-9 Battery Connection 8-9 Beeper Connector 8-9 Block Diagram 8-3 Communication Problems 8-17, 8-18 Communication Rate Settings 8-7 Components 8-2, 8-3 Controller Board 8-4, 8-5, 8-8 debit display, Premier C 2-14 Diagnostics 7-18, 7-19, 7-20, 8-14, 8-15 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technincal Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Index INSIGHT DPT Display Problems 8-19 DPT display, Premier C 2-15 Graphic Printer 8-23 illustration, Premier B 2-5 illustration, Premier C 2-14 installing paper Graphic DPT, Premier B 8-23 Premier C 8-28 keypad function codes 5-11, 8-13 Operational Problems 8-20, 8-21 INSIGHT DPT Controller Boards Premier B 2-9 Premier C 2-18 Installing Paper Premier B - Tear-Bar Printer 7-27 Premier C - INSIGHT DPT Printer 8-28 Premier C - Standard Printer 7-29 Installing Printer Paper INSIGHT DPT, Premier C 8-28 Intercom Button Output 3-5 Intercom Speaker 1-7, 4-6 Intercom Speaker Junction Box 4-5 Interface Board 3-2, 3-9, 3-10, 3-11, 5-15 Premier B 2-8 Premier B & C 3-6 Premier C 2-17 Intrinsically Safe Barrier Assembly Premier C 3-27, 3-28 J J-Box 5-15 Jumper and Switch Locations DPT Controller Board 7-5 for Standard DPT with TDS 7-10, 7-14 INSIGHT DPT 8-6 Jumpers Display Board 3-22, 3-23, 3-25 Junction Box, Speaker 4-5 K Key Arming 3-22, 3-23, 3-25, 5-2 Manager 3-22, 3-23, 3-25, 5-2 Keycodes 8-13 Keypad buttons 5-10, 5-12 Connectors 3-22, 3-23, 3-24, 3-25, 3-26 diagnostics 5-12 function code 5-10 operator interface 2-4, 2-13, 2-15 product selection 2-6 Keypad product selection, Premier B product selection, Premier C remote 2-14 Keypad Layout Softkey 8-13 Keypad Test 8-13 Keyswitch Premier B 2-4 Premier C 2-13 Keyswitch area 5-2 2-4 2-13, 2-15 L LCD Displays 1-4 LED 3-8, 6-4, 7-8, 7-17 Board 3-21 Control 3-24 Expanded Computer Board 3-8 Interface Board 3-6, 3-7 Locations 8-5 MaxVac 9-10, 9-11, 9-13 Lighten. See Contrast, Adjusting Display Lighting, Spandrel 4-6 Lights and Heater 1-3 Lights Connector 3-15 Lock Premier C 2-16 Lock assemblies, Cash Acceptor 7-32 Logic Sequence 6-2 Low Battery 3-7 Low-Flow 10-2 M Magnetic Key 5-2 Magnetic Keyswitch Area 2-4 Main AC In 3-20 Main AC Switch 3-12 Main Lights Connector 3-15 Manager Key 2-13, 2-15, 3-22, 3-23, 3-25, 5-2, 5-4 Mode 1-6, 3-9, 5-3, 9-5 Manager/Arming Key 3-24 Manager’s Mode F02 5-4 Manifolded 1-19 MaxVac 1-3 Blend Control Board MaxVac Interface 3-17, 9-8, 9-9 Boards. See Board Circuit Breakers 9-10 Error Reset 9-5, 9-11, 9-13 LED Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Tokheim Corporation Index-5 Index MaxVac Mini Motor Control Board 9-13 Motor Control Board 9-11 Power Supply Board 9-10 Mini Motor Control Board 9-13 Motor Control Board 9-11, 9-12, 9-13, 9-14 Multiplex Board 9-8 Nozzle/Vehicle Fill Pipe 9-3 Power Supply Board 9-10 System Components 9-3 Tests 9-4 Theory of Operation 9-1 Vapor Recovery System Components Premier B 2-10 Premier C 2-19 Mechanical Totalizers 1-5 Meter 1-5 Accuracy 1-5 Calibrating 5-14 Methanol 1-5 Method of Payment 2-15 Mirror 2-3 Mode F11 5-6 Mode F96 5-7, 5-8, 5-9 Mode F97 5-10, 5-11 Mode F98 5-12 Model Number Notation 1-11 Premier B 1-8, 1-9, 1-10 Model/Serial Number Plate 2-2 Money Display 1-4, 2-4, 3-22, 3-23 Money/Volume 5-12 Money/Volume Display 2-12, 2-15 Mother Board 3-2 Motor Circuit 3-10 Motor Control Connector 3-4 Motor Control board, MaxVac Premier B 2-10 Premier C 2-19 Motors, Suction 1-3 Multi-Hose 1-19, 1-24 Multiplex Board 3-2, 3-11, 9-5, 9-6, 9-7, 9-8 Premier B & C 3-10 N National Fire Protection Agency 2-1 Native Mode 8-2 Non-Graphic. See Native Mode Non-Zero Sales 5-4 Nozzle Sensors 3-10 Nozzle Boot Switches 5-10 Number Serial 2-7, 2-9 Tokheim Corporation Index-6 O Operating Environment 1-3 Mode 1-6 Program 3-8 Temperature, wide range power supply 1-4 Operational Diagrams 1-19, 1-20, 1-22, 1-23, 1-24, 1-25 1 or 2 Hose Manifolded Disp. (H424C-R) 1-19 Elect. Var. Blend, Transverse Disp. (424C-RB4TR) 1-23 Elect. Var. Blend, Transverse Disp. (H424CRB4TL) 1-23 Electronic Blend Disp. (H426C-REB) 1-20 Electronic Blend, Transverse Disp. (H426CREBTL) 1-25 Electronic Blend, Transverse Disp. (H426CREBTR) 1-25 Electronic Var. Blend Disp. (H424C-RB3, B4, B5) 1-20 Manifolded, Transverse Disp. (H424C-RTL) 1-22 Manifolded, Transverse Disp. (H424C-RTR) 1-22 Multi-hose Disp. (H428C-R) 1-19 Multi-hose, Transverse Disp. (H426C-RTL) 1-24 Multi-hose, Transverse Disp. (H426C-RTR) 1-24 Operational Problems INSIGHT DPT 8-20, 8-21 Operational sequence, blender valve 1-26, 1-27, 1-28 Operator Interface Keypad 2-4, 2-13, 2-15, 3-22, 3-23, 3-25 Keypad call button 4-5, 4-6 Keypad Connector 3-24, 3-26 Option Power Supply Connector 3-14 Options, dispenser H, I models 1-8, 1-9, 1-10 Options Power Supply 2-17, 3-2 Premier B & C 3-19 Orientation 2-2, 2-3 System Boards 3-2 Outlet solenoid 1-26, 1-28 Outline Drawings 1-2 Output Current, Wide Range Power Supply 1-4 Output Noise, Wide Range Power Supply 1-4 Overview Blender operational sequence 1-26, 1-27, 1-28 Valve interface board 1-28 P Panel 2-6 Paper Jam Correcting, Standard Printer 7-30 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technincal Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Index Part No. Proportional Blend Valves 1-5 Graphic printer paper, Premier B 8-23 Pulser/Handle Connector 3-4 INSIGHT DPT Printer, Premier C 8-28 Pulsers 1-4, 1-27, 3-10 PASS 5-3 Pulses 1-27 Peripheral Devices 7-2 Pulses Per Gallon / Liter 1-4 Plate, Serial Number 2-7, 2-9 Q Positive Displacement Meter 1-5 Power Requirements 1-3 Quick Entry Method 5-7 Power Supply Board MaxVac 9-10 R Power Supply board, MaxVac RAM 3-8 Premier B 2-10 Ratio Test. See A/L Power Supply, Options 3-2 Receipt Slot 2-4 Power Supply, Wide Range 1-4 Regulator valve 1-26, 1-28 Power Switch 2-7, 2-8, 2-17, 3-2, 3-18 Related Documents 1-2 PPUV 2-13, 2-15, 3-22, 3-23, 3-25, 5-12 Relative humidity 1-3 Premier B Dispenser Identification 1-15 Relay Premier C Dispenser Identification 1-14, 1-16, 1-17, Board 3-2, 3-10, 3-11 1-18 Power 3-12 Premier Specifications 1-3, 1-4, 1-5 Relay Power Connector 3-14 Price Displays 3-22, 3-23 Remote Keypad 2-14 Primary Access Door 2-12, 2-14 Removing the Cash Acceptor Printer 2-6, 2-8, 2-12, 2-14 Premier B 7-33 Clearing a Paper Jam Premier C 7-34 Premier C - Standard Printer 7-30 Requirements installing INSIGHT DPT paper 8-1 Performance 1-5 Installing Paper Power 1-3 Graphic Printer, Premier B 8-23 Resistance 10-4 Premier C 8-28 Retainer Problems Screws 2-8, 2-17 MaxVac 9-5 ROM CRC Diagnostic Test 5-13 Problems, Communication. See Communication Problems: RS-485 3-6 INSIGHT Run Mode 1-6, 5-14 Problems, Display. See Display Problems: INSIGHT Problems, Operational. See Operational Problems: S INSIGHT Product 6 3-22, 3-23 Serial Number Plate 2-2, 2-7, 2-9 Product Lights Connector 3-15 Service Parts 7-29 Product Number Assignments 2-3 Service Parts Division 8-22, 8-28 Product Selection Keypad 2-4, 2-6, 2-13, 2-15, Side 3-22, 3-23, 3-24, 3-25, 3-26 A 2-2, 3-10, 3-19 Products 4, 3, 2, and 1 3-4 B 2-11, 3-10 Programming Signal Flow Diagram 6-2, 6-3 backup buttons 5-4 Single-Price 2-13, 2-15 basic programming 5-4 Softkey Keypad Layout 8-13 changing parameter information 5-3 Softkeys 2-15 entering manager modes 5-3 Softkeys, Illustrations 5-11, 8-13 exiting manager modes 5-5 Software Date Code 5-13 illustration of display 5-4 Solenoids 1-26, 1-28 manager key 5-4 Solid State Relays 3-11 moving from one mode to the next 5-3 Solution Center 6-1 quick entry method 5-7 Spandrel Lighting 1-3, 4-6 saving manager mode settings 5-5 TDS Plus 5-4 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Index-7 Index Speaker 1-7 Speaker Junction Box 3-5, 4-5 Specifications 1-3, 1-4, 1-5 Specifications, Thermal Paper 7-29, 8-28 Stand-alone Operation 1-6 Standard DPT 7-2, 7-3 Standard DPT with TDS Block Diagram 7-9 Start Up / Battery Power Down Switch 3-7 Start Up Switch 3-6, 3-7 State History 5-7, 5-8 Static Pressure Decay Test 9-4 Static Strap 2-17, 3-1 Strainer Screen 1-5 Suction Motors 1-3 Surge Protection Connector 3-13 Surge/Spike Protection 3-12 SW1 3-7, 7-7, 7-10, 7-15 Expanded Computer Board 3-8, 3-9 INSIGHT DPT, Switch Settings 8-7 Interface Board 3-6 SW2 8-6, 9-7 Switch DIP 3-9 Power 3-2, 3-18 Switch, Power 2-7, 2-8, 2-17 Switch Settings 7-6, 7-15 System Ground 3-6 System Boards. See Board System Overview 1-29 T Talk To Console 5-14 Dispenser 5-14 TCSA 3-10 TDS 2-5, 2-14, 7-9, 7-11 TDS and TED Connections 7-11 TDS Plus 7-13 TDS Plus Programming 5-4 TED 7-9 troubleshooting 7-26 TED unit 7-9, 7-11 Temperature 1-3 Terminal Block Signals Premier B 2-11 Premier C 2-20 Termination Code 5-8, 5-9 Termination Code History 5-7 Tokheim Corporation Index-8 Test Keypad Buttons 5-12 Keypads 5-10 MaxVac System 9-4 Test Points 3-7, 3-8, 7-4 Descriptions 8-5 Header 3-6 Locations 8-5 Testing Console Communication 5-14 Tests. See also Diagnostics: DPT Thermal Paper Specifications 7-29, 8-28 Thermostats 3-12 Tokheim Customer Service 6-1 Totalizers 1-5 Transformer DPT 3-2 Input Connector 3-4 Pri 3-20 Sec 3-20 UDCB 3-2 Transverse 2-3 Transverse Dispenser Configurations 1-21 Product Locations 1-21 Totalizer Locations 1-21 Transverse Dispenser Identification 1-17 Troubleshooting 6-1 DPT 7-21, 7-22, 7-23, 7-24, 7-25 DPT Communication Problems 8-17, 8-18 DPT Display Problems 8-19 DPT Operational Problems 8-20, 8-21 MaxVac System 9-5 TTC 3-6, 5-14 TTD 3-6, 5-14, 5-15 U Unit Price Display 1-4 V Vacuum 9-1 Valance Lights 3-14 Valance Lights Connector 3-15 Valve AC Input Connector 3-4 Circuit 3-10 Control 3-11 Control Connectors 3-4 Flow Control 1-5 Interface Board 3-2, 3-18 Power 3-18 signals 3-18 Valve interface board 1-28 Vapor system visual check 9-4 Vapors 9-1, 9-3 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technincal Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Index Variable Blender operational diagram 1-20, 1-23 overview 1-7 Vault, cash acceptor 7-32 Volt Transformer Connector 3-13 Voltage, Battery Charge 3-7 Voltages 10-2, 10-3 Volume Display 1-4, 3-22, 3-23 Premier B 2-4, 2-5 Premier C 2-12, 2-15 Wiring Diagram Options Power Supply (Premier B) 4-24 Pump Handles and Pulsers (Premier B) 4-19 Pump Handles and Pulsers - H428B-S (Premier B) 4-18 Solenoid Coils 10-5 Spandrel Lighting Wiring (Premier C) 4-6 Standard DPT (Premier C) 4-39 System Wiring Diagram (Premier C) 4-32 Wiring Diagrams 1-2 W Warnings 2-8, 2-17 Warranty 1-1 Watchdog Reset Counter 5-6 Wide Range Power Supply 1-4 Wiring Diagram AC Distribution (Premier B) 4-23 AC Distribution (Premier C ) 4-37 AC Distribution Block Diagram (Premier B) 4-16 Debit DPT (Premier C ) 4-40 Displays (Premier B) 4-22 Displays (Premier C ) 4-36 DPT (Premier B) 4-25 Electronics Block Diagram (Premier B) 4-8 Electronics Block Diagram (Premier C) 4-7 H311B-R, H322B-R & H324B-R (Premier B) 4-11 H311B-S, H312B-S, H322B-S & H324B-S (Premier B) 4-4 H322B-B3/B5 (Premier B) 4-15 H324B INSIGHT DPT (Premier B) 4-26 H413B-R (Premier B) 4-9 H413B-REB (Premier B) 4-13 H426-REB INSIGHT DPT (Premier B) 4-28 H426B INSIGHT DPT (Premier B) 4-27 H426B-R (Premier B) 4-10 H426B-REB (Premier B) 4-14 H426B-S (Premier B) 4-2 H428B-R (Premier B) 4-12 H428B-R INSIGHT DPT (Premier B) 4-29 H428B-S (Premier B) 4-3 INSIGHT DPT (Premier C ) 4-41 Intercom Speaker Wiring (Premier B) 4-5 Intercom/Speaker Wiring (Premier C) 4-6 Intrinsically Safe Barrier Board Premier C - H 400 Series 4-34, 4-35 Premier C - H300 Series 4-33 MaxVac System, for Blending Dispensers 4-31 MaxVac System, for Non-Blend Dispensers 4-30 MaxVac Vapor Recovery (Premier C ) 4-38 Mother Board (Premier B) 4-17 Motors and Valves (Premier B) 4-21 Motors and Valves - H428B-S (Premier B) 4-20 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Tokheim Corporation Index-9 Index Tokheim Corporation Index-10 Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technincal Reference Manual Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 USER’S COMMENT AND EVALUATION FORM MANUAL : ___________________________________________________ FORM NUMBER : _________________ We appreciate your comments and evaluation (both favorable and unfavorable) of this manual. 1. This manual was easy to follow. YES_____ NO_____ 2. The information was easy to understand. YES_____ NO_____ 3. Section _____ of this manual was the MOST helpful. (briefly state why) ______________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________ 4. Section _____ of this manual was the LEAST helpful. (briefly state why) ______________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________ 5. What errors, if any, did you find? (Please identify by page number) Page#:_____Error:___________________________________________________________________ Page#:_____Error:___________________________________________________________________ Page#:_____Error:___________________________________________________________________ Page#:_____Error:___________________________________________________________________ Suggestions for Improvements or Additional Comments: ______________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ Date: ______________________________________ Name: _____________________________________ Title: _____________________________________ Company: __________________________________ Please send to: Technical Publications Tokheim Corporation PO Box 360 Fort Wayne, IN 46897-1028 R FOLD HERE NO POSTAGE NECESSARY IF MAILED IN THE UNITED STATES BUSINESS REPLY MAIL FIRST CLASS PERMIT NO 41 FORT WAYNE IN POSTAGE WILL BE PAID BY ADDRESSEE TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS TOKHEIM CORPORATION PO BOX 360 FORT WAYNE IN 46897-1028 FOLD HERE For technical questions, please contact: Tokheim Solution Center Ph: 800-866-6762 or Fax: 219-470-4644 For service parts, please contact: Service Parts Department Ph: 219-470-4710 or Fax: 800-866-1999 TOKHEIM CORPORATION PO BOX 360 FORT WAYNE IN 46801